xref: /sqlite-3.40.0/src/pager.c (revision dfe4e6bb)
1 /*
2 ** 2001 September 15
3 **
4 ** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
5 ** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
6 **
7 **    May you do good and not evil.
8 **    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
9 **    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
10 **
11 *************************************************************************
12 ** This is the implementation of the page cache subsystem or "pager".
13 **
14 ** The pager is used to access a database disk file.  It implements
15 ** atomic commit and rollback through the use of a journal file that
16 ** is separate from the database file.  The pager also implements file
17 ** locking to prevent two processes from writing the same database
18 ** file simultaneously, or one process from reading the database while
19 ** another is writing.
20 */
21 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO
22 #include "sqliteInt.h"
23 #include "wal.h"
24 
25 
26 /******************* NOTES ON THE DESIGN OF THE PAGER ************************
27 **
28 ** This comment block describes invariants that hold when using a rollback
29 ** journal.  These invariants do not apply for journal_mode=WAL,
30 ** journal_mode=MEMORY, or journal_mode=OFF.
31 **
32 ** Within this comment block, a page is deemed to have been synced
33 ** automatically as soon as it is written when PRAGMA synchronous=OFF.
34 ** Otherwise, the page is not synced until the xSync method of the VFS
35 ** is called successfully on the file containing the page.
36 **
37 ** Definition:  A page of the database file is said to be "overwriteable" if
38 ** one or more of the following are true about the page:
39 **
40 **     (a)  The original content of the page as it was at the beginning of
41 **          the transaction has been written into the rollback journal and
42 **          synced.
43 **
44 **     (b)  The page was a freelist leaf page at the start of the transaction.
45 **
46 **     (c)  The page number is greater than the largest page that existed in
47 **          the database file at the start of the transaction.
48 **
49 ** (1) A page of the database file is never overwritten unless one of the
50 **     following are true:
51 **
52 **     (a) The page and all other pages on the same sector are overwriteable.
53 **
54 **     (b) The atomic page write optimization is enabled, and the entire
55 **         transaction other than the update of the transaction sequence
56 **         number consists of a single page change.
57 **
58 ** (2) The content of a page written into the rollback journal exactly matches
59 **     both the content in the database when the rollback journal was written
60 **     and the content in the database at the beginning of the current
61 **     transaction.
62 **
63 ** (3) Writes to the database file are an integer multiple of the page size
64 **     in length and are aligned on a page boundary.
65 **
66 ** (4) Reads from the database file are either aligned on a page boundary and
67 **     an integer multiple of the page size in length or are taken from the
68 **     first 100 bytes of the database file.
69 **
70 ** (5) All writes to the database file are synced prior to the rollback journal
71 **     being deleted, truncated, or zeroed.
72 **
73 ** (6) If a master journal file is used, then all writes to the database file
74 **     are synced prior to the master journal being deleted.
75 **
76 ** Definition: Two databases (or the same database at two points it time)
77 ** are said to be "logically equivalent" if they give the same answer to
78 ** all queries.  Note in particular the content of freelist leaf
79 ** pages can be changed arbitrarily without affecting the logical equivalence
80 ** of the database.
81 **
82 ** (7) At any time, if any subset, including the empty set and the total set,
83 **     of the unsynced changes to a rollback journal are removed and the
84 **     journal is rolled back, the resulting database file will be logically
85 **     equivalent to the database file at the beginning of the transaction.
86 **
87 ** (8) When a transaction is rolled back, the xTruncate method of the VFS
88 **     is called to restore the database file to the same size it was at
89 **     the beginning of the transaction.  (In some VFSes, the xTruncate
90 **     method is a no-op, but that does not change the fact the SQLite will
91 **     invoke it.)
92 **
93 ** (9) Whenever the database file is modified, at least one bit in the range
94 **     of bytes from 24 through 39 inclusive will be changed prior to releasing
95 **     the EXCLUSIVE lock, thus signaling other connections on the same
96 **     database to flush their caches.
97 **
98 ** (10) The pattern of bits in bytes 24 through 39 shall not repeat in less
99 **      than one billion transactions.
100 **
101 ** (11) A database file is well-formed at the beginning and at the conclusion
102 **      of every transaction.
103 **
104 ** (12) An EXCLUSIVE lock is held on the database file when writing to
105 **      the database file.
106 **
107 ** (13) A SHARED lock is held on the database file while reading any
108 **      content out of the database file.
109 **
110 ******************************************************************************/
111 
112 /*
113 ** Macros for troubleshooting.  Normally turned off
114 */
115 #if 0
116 int sqlite3PagerTrace=1;  /* True to enable tracing */
117 #define sqlite3DebugPrintf printf
118 #define PAGERTRACE(X)     if( sqlite3PagerTrace ){ sqlite3DebugPrintf X; }
119 #else
120 #define PAGERTRACE(X)
121 #endif
122 
123 /*
124 ** The following two macros are used within the PAGERTRACE() macros above
125 ** to print out file-descriptors.
126 **
127 ** PAGERID() takes a pointer to a Pager struct as its argument. The
128 ** associated file-descriptor is returned. FILEHANDLEID() takes an sqlite3_file
129 ** struct as its argument.
130 */
131 #define PAGERID(p) ((int)(p->fd))
132 #define FILEHANDLEID(fd) ((int)fd)
133 
134 /*
135 ** The Pager.eState variable stores the current 'state' of a pager. A
136 ** pager may be in any one of the seven states shown in the following
137 ** state diagram.
138 **
139 **                            OPEN <------+------+
140 **                              |         |      |
141 **                              V         |      |
142 **               +---------> READER-------+      |
143 **               |              |                |
144 **               |              V                |
145 **               |<-------WRITER_LOCKED------> ERROR
146 **               |              |                ^
147 **               |              V                |
148 **               |<------WRITER_CACHEMOD-------->|
149 **               |              |                |
150 **               |              V                |
151 **               |<-------WRITER_DBMOD---------->|
152 **               |              |                |
153 **               |              V                |
154 **               +<------WRITER_FINISHED-------->+
155 **
156 **
157 ** List of state transitions and the C [function] that performs each:
158 **
159 **   OPEN              -> READER              [sqlite3PagerSharedLock]
160 **   READER            -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
161 **
162 **   READER            -> WRITER_LOCKED       [sqlite3PagerBegin]
163 **   WRITER_LOCKED     -> WRITER_CACHEMOD     [pager_open_journal]
164 **   WRITER_CACHEMOD   -> WRITER_DBMOD        [syncJournal]
165 **   WRITER_DBMOD      -> WRITER_FINISHED     [sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne]
166 **   WRITER_***        -> READER              [pager_end_transaction]
167 **
168 **   WRITER_***        -> ERROR               [pager_error]
169 **   ERROR             -> OPEN                [pager_unlock]
170 **
171 **
172 **  OPEN:
173 **
174 **    The pager starts up in this state. Nothing is guaranteed in this
175 **    state - the file may or may not be locked and the database size is
176 **    unknown. The database may not be read or written.
177 **
178 **    * No read or write transaction is active.
179 **    * Any lock, or no lock at all, may be held on the database file.
180 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables may not be trusted.
181 **
182 **  READER:
183 **
184 **    In this state all the requirements for reading the database in
185 **    rollback (non-WAL) mode are met. Unless the pager is (or recently
186 **    was) in exclusive-locking mode, a user-level read transaction is
187 **    open. The database size is known in this state.
188 **
189 **    A connection running with locking_mode=normal enters this state when
190 **    it opens a read-transaction on the database and returns to state
191 **    OPEN after the read-transaction is completed. However a connection
192 **    running in locking_mode=exclusive (including temp databases) remains in
193 **    this state even after the read-transaction is closed. The only way
194 **    a locking_mode=exclusive connection can transition from READER to OPEN
195 **    is via the ERROR state (see below).
196 **
197 **    * A read transaction may be active (but a write-transaction cannot).
198 **    * A SHARED or greater lock is held on the database file.
199 **    * The dbSize variable may be trusted (even if a user-level read
200 **      transaction is not active). The dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables
201 **      may not be trusted at this point.
202 **    * If the database is a WAL database, then the WAL connection is open.
203 **    * Even if a read-transaction is not open, it is guaranteed that
204 **      there is no hot-journal in the file-system.
205 **
206 **  WRITER_LOCKED:
207 **
208 **    The pager moves to this state from READER when a write-transaction
209 **    is first opened on the database. In WRITER_LOCKED state, all locks
210 **    required to start a write-transaction are held, but no actual
211 **    modifications to the cache or database have taken place.
212 **
213 **    In rollback mode, a RESERVED or (if the transaction was opened with
214 **    BEGIN EXCLUSIVE) EXCLUSIVE lock is obtained on the database file when
215 **    moving to this state, but the journal file is not written to or opened
216 **    to in this state. If the transaction is committed or rolled back while
217 **    in WRITER_LOCKED state, all that is required is to unlock the database
218 **    file.
219 **
220 **    IN WAL mode, WalBeginWriteTransaction() is called to lock the log file.
221 **    If the connection is running with locking_mode=exclusive, an attempt
222 **    is made to obtain an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file.
223 **
224 **    * A write transaction is active.
225 **    * If the connection is open in rollback-mode, a RESERVED or greater
226 **      lock is held on the database file.
227 **    * If the connection is open in WAL-mode, a WAL write transaction
228 **      is open (i.e. sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction() has been successfully
229 **      called).
230 **    * The dbSize, dbOrigSize and dbFileSize variables are all valid.
231 **    * The contents of the pager cache have not been modified.
232 **    * The journal file may or may not be open.
233 **    * Nothing (not even the first header) has been written to the journal.
234 **
235 **  WRITER_CACHEMOD:
236 **
237 **    A pager moves from WRITER_LOCKED state to this state when a page is
238 **    first modified by the upper layer. In rollback mode the journal file
239 **    is opened (if it is not already open) and a header written to the
240 **    start of it. The database file on disk has not been modified.
241 **
242 **    * A write transaction is active.
243 **    * A RESERVED or greater lock is held on the database file.
244 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
245 **      to it, but the header has not been synced to disk.
246 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified.
247 **
248 **  WRITER_DBMOD:
249 **
250 **    The pager transitions from WRITER_CACHEMOD into WRITER_DBMOD state
251 **    when it modifies the contents of the database file. WAL connections
252 **    never enter this state (since they do not modify the database file,
253 **    just the log file).
254 **
255 **    * A write transaction is active.
256 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
257 **    * The journal file is open and the first header has been written
258 **      and synced to disk.
259 **    * The contents of the page cache have been modified (and possibly
260 **      written to disk).
261 **
262 **  WRITER_FINISHED:
263 **
264 **    It is not possible for a WAL connection to enter this state.
265 **
266 **    A rollback-mode pager changes to WRITER_FINISHED state from WRITER_DBMOD
267 **    state after the entire transaction has been successfully written into the
268 **    database file. In this state the transaction may be committed simply
269 **    by finalizing the journal file. Once in WRITER_FINISHED state, it is
270 **    not possible to modify the database further. At this point, the upper
271 **    layer must either commit or rollback the transaction.
272 **
273 **    * A write transaction is active.
274 **    * An EXCLUSIVE or greater lock is held on the database file.
275 **    * All writing and syncing of journal and database data has finished.
276 **      If no error occurred, all that remains is to finalize the journal to
277 **      commit the transaction. If an error did occur, the caller will need
278 **      to rollback the transaction.
279 **
280 **  ERROR:
281 **
282 **    The ERROR state is entered when an IO or disk-full error (including
283 **    SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) occurs at a point in the code that makes it
284 **    difficult to be sure that the in-memory pager state (cache contents,
285 **    db size etc.) are consistent with the contents of the file-system.
286 **
287 **    Temporary pager files may enter the ERROR state, but in-memory pagers
288 **    cannot.
289 **
290 **    For example, if an IO error occurs while performing a rollback,
291 **    the contents of the page-cache may be left in an inconsistent state.
292 **    At this point it would be dangerous to change back to READER state
293 **    (as usually happens after a rollback). Any subsequent readers might
294 **    report database corruption (due to the inconsistent cache), and if
295 **    they upgrade to writers, they may inadvertently corrupt the database
296 **    file. To avoid this hazard, the pager switches into the ERROR state
297 **    instead of READER following such an error.
298 **
299 **    Once it has entered the ERROR state, any attempt to use the pager
300 **    to read or write data returns an error. Eventually, once all
301 **    outstanding transactions have been abandoned, the pager is able to
302 **    transition back to OPEN state, discarding the contents of the
303 **    page-cache and any other in-memory state at the same time. Everything
304 **    is reloaded from disk (and, if necessary, hot-journal rollback peformed)
305 **    when a read-transaction is next opened on the pager (transitioning
306 **    the pager into READER state). At that point the system has recovered
307 **    from the error.
308 **
309 **    Specifically, the pager jumps into the ERROR state if:
310 **
311 **      1. An error occurs while attempting a rollback. This happens in
312 **         function sqlite3PagerRollback().
313 **
314 **      2. An error occurs while attempting to finalize a journal file
315 **         following a commit in function sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo().
316 **
317 **      3. An error occurs while attempting to write to the journal or
318 **         database file in function pagerStress() in order to free up
319 **         memory.
320 **
321 **    In other cases, the error is returned to the b-tree layer. The b-tree
322 **    layer then attempts a rollback operation. If the error condition
323 **    persists, the pager enters the ERROR state via condition (1) above.
324 **
325 **    Condition (3) is necessary because it can be triggered by a read-only
326 **    statement executed within a transaction. In this case, if the error
327 **    code were simply returned to the user, the b-tree layer would not
328 **    automatically attempt a rollback, as it assumes that an error in a
329 **    read-only statement cannot leave the pager in an internally inconsistent
330 **    state.
331 **
332 **    * The Pager.errCode variable is set to something other than SQLITE_OK.
333 **    * There are one or more outstanding references to pages (after the
334 **      last reference is dropped the pager should move back to OPEN state).
335 **    * The pager is not an in-memory pager.
336 **
337 **
338 ** Notes:
339 **
340 **   * A pager is never in WRITER_DBMOD or WRITER_FINISHED state if the
341 **     connection is open in WAL mode. A WAL connection is always in one
342 **     of the first four states.
343 **
344 **   * Normally, a connection open in exclusive mode is never in PAGER_OPEN
345 **     state. There are two exceptions: immediately after exclusive-mode has
346 **     been turned on (and before any read or write transactions are
347 **     executed), and when the pager is leaving the "error state".
348 **
349 **   * See also: assert_pager_state().
350 */
351 #define PAGER_OPEN                  0
352 #define PAGER_READER                1
353 #define PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED         2
354 #define PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD       3
355 #define PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD          4
356 #define PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED       5
357 #define PAGER_ERROR                 6
358 
359 /*
360 ** The Pager.eLock variable is almost always set to one of the
361 ** following locking-states, according to the lock currently held on
362 ** the database file: NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
363 ** This variable is kept up to date as locks are taken and released by
364 ** the pagerLockDb() and pagerUnlockDb() wrappers.
365 **
366 ** If the VFS xLock() or xUnlock() returns an error other than SQLITE_BUSY
367 ** (i.e. one of the SQLITE_IOERR subtypes), it is not clear whether or not
368 ** the operation was successful. In these circumstances pagerLockDb() and
369 ** pagerUnlockDb() take a conservative approach - eLock is always updated
370 ** when unlocking the file, and only updated when locking the file if the
371 ** VFS call is successful. This way, the Pager.eLock variable may be set
372 ** to a less exclusive (lower) value than the lock that is actually held
373 ** at the system level, but it is never set to a more exclusive value.
374 **
375 ** This is usually safe. If an xUnlock fails or appears to fail, there may
376 ** be a few redundant xLock() calls or a lock may be held for longer than
377 ** required, but nothing really goes wrong.
378 **
379 ** The exception is when the database file is unlocked as the pager moves
380 ** from ERROR to OPEN state. At this point there may be a hot-journal file
381 ** in the file-system that needs to be rolled back (as part of an OPEN->SHARED
382 ** transition, by the same pager or any other). If the call to xUnlock()
383 ** fails at this point and the pager is left holding an EXCLUSIVE lock, this
384 ** can confuse the call to xCheckReservedLock() call made later as part
385 ** of hot-journal detection.
386 **
387 ** xCheckReservedLock() is defined as returning true "if there is a RESERVED
388 ** lock held by this process or any others". So xCheckReservedLock may
389 ** return true because the caller itself is holding an EXCLUSIVE lock (but
390 ** doesn't know it because of a previous error in xUnlock). If this happens
391 ** a hot-journal may be mistaken for a journal being created by an active
392 ** transaction in another process, causing SQLite to read from the database
393 ** without rolling it back.
394 **
395 ** To work around this, if a call to xUnlock() fails when unlocking the
396 ** database in the ERROR state, Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK. It
397 ** is only changed back to a real locking state after a successful call
398 ** to xLock(EXCLUSIVE). Also, the code to do the OPEN->SHARED state transition
399 ** omits the check for a hot-journal if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK
400 ** lock. Instead, it assumes a hot-journal exists and obtains an EXCLUSIVE
401 ** lock on the database file before attempting to roll it back. See function
402 ** PagerSharedLock() for more detail.
403 **
404 ** Pager.eLock may only be set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when the pager is in
405 ** PAGER_OPEN state.
406 */
407 #define UNKNOWN_LOCK                (EXCLUSIVE_LOCK+1)
408 
409 /*
410 ** A macro used for invoking the codec if there is one
411 */
412 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
413 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E) \
414     if( P->xCodec && P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)==0 ){ E; }
415 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) \
416     if( P->xCodec==0 ){ O=(char*)D; }else \
417     if( (O=(char*)(P->xCodec(P->pCodec,D,N,X)))==0 ){ E; }
418 #else
419 # define CODEC1(P,D,N,X,E)   /* NO-OP */
420 # define CODEC2(P,D,N,X,E,O) O=(char*)D
421 #endif
422 
423 /*
424 ** The maximum allowed sector size. 64KiB. If the xSectorsize() method
425 ** returns a value larger than this, then MAX_SECTOR_SIZE is used instead.
426 ** This could conceivably cause corruption following a power failure on
427 ** such a system. This is currently an undocumented limit.
428 */
429 #define MAX_SECTOR_SIZE 0x10000
430 
431 
432 /*
433 ** An instance of the following structure is allocated for each active
434 ** savepoint and statement transaction in the system. All such structures
435 ** are stored in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array, which is allocated and
436 ** resized using sqlite3Realloc().
437 **
438 ** When a savepoint is created, the PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset field is
439 ** set to 0. If a journal-header is written into the main journal while
440 ** the savepoint is active, then iHdrOffset is set to the byte offset
441 ** immediately following the last journal record written into the main
442 ** journal before the journal-header. This is required during savepoint
443 ** rollback (see pagerPlaybackSavepoint()).
444 */
445 typedef struct PagerSavepoint PagerSavepoint;
446 struct PagerSavepoint {
447   i64 iOffset;                 /* Starting offset in main journal */
448   i64 iHdrOffset;              /* See above */
449   Bitvec *pInSavepoint;        /* Set of pages in this savepoint */
450   Pgno nOrig;                  /* Original number of pages in file */
451   Pgno iSubRec;                /* Index of first record in sub-journal */
452 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
453   u32 aWalData[WAL_SAVEPOINT_NDATA];        /* WAL savepoint context */
454 #endif
455 };
456 
457 /*
458 ** Bits of the Pager.doNotSpill flag.  See further description below.
459 */
460 #define SPILLFLAG_OFF         0x01 /* Never spill cache.  Set via pragma */
461 #define SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK    0x02 /* Current rolling back, so do not spill */
462 #define SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC      0x04 /* Spill is ok, but do not sync */
463 
464 /*
465 ** An open page cache is an instance of struct Pager. A description of
466 ** some of the more important member variables follows:
467 **
468 ** eState
469 **
470 **   The current 'state' of the pager object. See the comment and state
471 **   diagram above for a description of the pager state.
472 **
473 ** eLock
474 **
475 **   For a real on-disk database, the current lock held on the database file -
476 **   NO_LOCK, SHARED_LOCK, RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
477 **
478 **   For a temporary or in-memory database (neither of which require any
479 **   locks), this variable is always set to EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. Since such
480 **   databases always have Pager.exclusiveMode==1, this tricks the pager
481 **   logic into thinking that it already has all the locks it will ever
482 **   need (and no reason to release them).
483 **
484 **   In some (obscure) circumstances, this variable may also be set to
485 **   UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for
486 **   details.
487 **
488 ** changeCountDone
489 **
490 **   This boolean variable is used to make sure that the change-counter
491 **   (the 4-byte header field at byte offset 24 of the database file) is
492 **   not updated more often than necessary.
493 **
494 **   It is set to true when the change-counter field is updated, which
495 **   can only happen if an exclusive lock is held on the database file.
496 **   It is cleared (set to false) whenever an exclusive lock is
497 **   relinquished on the database file. Each time a transaction is committed,
498 **   The changeCountDone flag is inspected. If it is true, the work of
499 **   updating the change-counter is omitted for the current transaction.
500 **
501 **   This mechanism means that when running in exclusive mode, a connection
502 **   need only update the change-counter once, for the first transaction
503 **   committed.
504 **
505 ** setMaster
506 **
507 **   When PagerCommitPhaseOne() is called to commit a transaction, it may
508 **   (or may not) specify a master-journal name to be written into the
509 **   journal file before it is synced to disk.
510 **
511 **   Whether or not a journal file contains a master-journal pointer affects
512 **   the way in which the journal file is finalized after the transaction is
513 **   committed or rolled back when running in "journal_mode=PERSIST" mode.
514 **   If a journal file does not contain a master-journal pointer, it is
515 **   finalized by overwriting the first journal header with zeroes. If
516 **   it does contain a master-journal pointer the journal file is finalized
517 **   by truncating it to zero bytes, just as if the connection were
518 **   running in "journal_mode=truncate" mode.
519 **
520 **   Journal files that contain master journal pointers cannot be finalized
521 **   simply by overwriting the first journal-header with zeroes, as the
522 **   master journal pointer could interfere with hot-journal rollback of any
523 **   subsequently interrupted transaction that reuses the journal file.
524 **
525 **   The flag is cleared as soon as the journal file is finalized (either
526 **   by PagerCommitPhaseTwo or PagerRollback). If an IO error prevents the
527 **   journal file from being successfully finalized, the setMaster flag
528 **   is cleared anyway (and the pager will move to ERROR state).
529 **
530 ** doNotSpill
531 **
532 **   This variables control the behavior of cache-spills  (calls made by
533 **   the pcache module to the pagerStress() routine to write cached data
534 **   to the file-system in order to free up memory).
535 **
536 **   When bits SPILLFLAG_OFF or SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK of doNotSpill are set,
537 **   writing to the database from pagerStress() is disabled altogether.
538 **   The SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK case is done in a very obscure case that
539 **   comes up during savepoint rollback that requires the pcache module
540 **   to allocate a new page to prevent the journal file from being written
541 **   while it is being traversed by code in pager_playback().  The SPILLFLAG_OFF
542 **   case is a user preference.
543 **
544 **   If the SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC bit is set, writing to the database from
545 **   pagerStress() is permitted, but syncing the journal file is not.
546 **   This flag is set by sqlite3PagerWrite() when the file-system sector-size
547 **   is larger than the database page-size in order to prevent a journal sync
548 **   from happening in between the journalling of two pages on the same sector.
549 **
550 ** subjInMemory
551 **
552 **   This is a boolean variable. If true, then any required sub-journal
553 **   is opened as an in-memory journal file. If false, then in-memory
554 **   sub-journals are only used for in-memory pager files.
555 **
556 **   This variable is updated by the upper layer each time a new
557 **   write-transaction is opened.
558 **
559 ** dbSize, dbOrigSize, dbFileSize
560 **
561 **   Variable dbSize is set to the number of pages in the database file.
562 **   It is valid in PAGER_READER and higher states (all states except for
563 **   OPEN and ERROR).
564 **
565 **   dbSize is set based on the size of the database file, which may be
566 **   larger than the size of the database (the value stored at offset
567 **   28 of the database header by the btree). If the size of the file
568 **   is not an integer multiple of the page-size, the value stored in
569 **   dbSize is rounded down (i.e. a 5KB file with 2K page-size has dbSize==2).
570 **   Except, any file that is greater than 0 bytes in size is considered
571 **   to have at least one page. (i.e. a 1KB file with 2K page-size leads
572 **   to dbSize==1).
573 **
574 **   During a write-transaction, if pages with page-numbers greater than
575 **   dbSize are modified in the cache, dbSize is updated accordingly.
576 **   Similarly, if the database is truncated using PagerTruncateImage(),
577 **   dbSize is updated.
578 **
579 **   Variables dbOrigSize and dbFileSize are valid in states
580 **   PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED and higher. dbOrigSize is a copy of the dbSize
581 **   variable at the start of the transaction. It is used during rollback,
582 **   and to determine whether or not pages need to be journalled before
583 **   being modified.
584 **
585 **   Throughout a write-transaction, dbFileSize contains the size of
586 **   the file on disk in pages. It is set to a copy of dbSize when the
587 **   write-transaction is first opened, and updated when VFS calls are made
588 **   to write or truncate the database file on disk.
589 **
590 **   The only reason the dbFileSize variable is required is to suppress
591 **   unnecessary calls to xTruncate() after committing a transaction. If,
592 **   when a transaction is committed, the dbFileSize variable indicates
593 **   that the database file is larger than the database image (Pager.dbSize),
594 **   pager_truncate() is called. The pager_truncate() call uses xFilesize()
595 **   to measure the database file on disk, and then truncates it if required.
596 **   dbFileSize is not used when rolling back a transaction. In this case
597 **   pager_truncate() is called unconditionally (which means there may be
598 **   a call to xFilesize() that is not strictly required). In either case,
599 **   pager_truncate() may cause the file to become smaller or larger.
600 **
601 ** dbHintSize
602 **
603 **   The dbHintSize variable is used to limit the number of calls made to
604 **   the VFS xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method.
605 **
606 **   dbHintSize is set to a copy of the dbSize variable when a
607 **   write-transaction is opened (at the same time as dbFileSize and
608 **   dbOrigSize). If the xFileControl(FCNTL_SIZE_HINT) method is called,
609 **   dbHintSize is increased to the number of pages that correspond to the
610 **   size-hint passed to the method call. See pager_write_pagelist() for
611 **   details.
612 **
613 ** errCode
614 **
615 **   The Pager.errCode variable is only ever used in PAGER_ERROR state. It
616 **   is set to zero in all other states. In PAGER_ERROR state, Pager.errCode
617 **   is always set to SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the SQLITE_IOERR_XXX
618 **   sub-codes.
619 */
620 struct Pager {
621   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs;          /* OS functions to use for IO */
622   u8 exclusiveMode;           /* Boolean. True if locking_mode==EXCLUSIVE */
623   u8 journalMode;             /* One of the PAGER_JOURNALMODE_* values */
624   u8 useJournal;              /* Use a rollback journal on this file */
625   u8 noSync;                  /* Do not sync the journal if true */
626   u8 fullSync;                /* Do extra syncs of the journal for robustness */
627   u8 extraSync;               /* sync directory after journal delete */
628   u8 ckptSyncFlags;           /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for checkpoint */
629   u8 walSyncFlags;            /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL for wal writes */
630   u8 syncFlags;               /* SYNC_NORMAL or SYNC_FULL otherwise */
631   u8 tempFile;                /* zFilename is a temporary or immutable file */
632   u8 noLock;                  /* Do not lock (except in WAL mode) */
633   u8 readOnly;                /* True for a read-only database */
634   u8 memDb;                   /* True to inhibit all file I/O */
635 
636   /**************************************************************************
637   ** The following block contains those class members that change during
638   ** routine operation.  Class members not in this block are either fixed
639   ** when the pager is first created or else only change when there is a
640   ** significant mode change (such as changing the page_size, locking_mode,
641   ** or the journal_mode).  From another view, these class members describe
642   ** the "state" of the pager, while other class members describe the
643   ** "configuration" of the pager.
644   */
645   u8 eState;                  /* Pager state (OPEN, READER, WRITER_LOCKED..) */
646   u8 eLock;                   /* Current lock held on database file */
647   u8 changeCountDone;         /* Set after incrementing the change-counter */
648   u8 setMaster;               /* True if a m-j name has been written to jrnl */
649   u8 doNotSpill;              /* Do not spill the cache when non-zero */
650   u8 subjInMemory;            /* True to use in-memory sub-journals */
651   u8 bUseFetch;               /* True to use xFetch() */
652   u8 hasHeldSharedLock;       /* True if a shared lock has ever been held */
653   Pgno dbSize;                /* Number of pages in the database */
654   Pgno dbOrigSize;            /* dbSize before the current transaction */
655   Pgno dbFileSize;            /* Number of pages in the database file */
656   Pgno dbHintSize;            /* Value passed to FCNTL_SIZE_HINT call */
657   int errCode;                /* One of several kinds of errors */
658   int nRec;                   /* Pages journalled since last j-header written */
659   u32 cksumInit;              /* Quasi-random value added to every checksum */
660   u32 nSubRec;                /* Number of records written to sub-journal */
661   Bitvec *pInJournal;         /* One bit for each page in the database file */
662   sqlite3_file *fd;           /* File descriptor for database */
663   sqlite3_file *jfd;          /* File descriptor for main journal */
664   sqlite3_file *sjfd;         /* File descriptor for sub-journal */
665   i64 journalOff;             /* Current write offset in the journal file */
666   i64 journalHdr;             /* Byte offset to previous journal header */
667   sqlite3_backup *pBackup;    /* Pointer to list of ongoing backup processes */
668   PagerSavepoint *aSavepoint; /* Array of active savepoints */
669   int nSavepoint;             /* Number of elements in aSavepoint[] */
670   u32 iDataVersion;           /* Changes whenever database content changes */
671   char dbFileVers[16];        /* Changes whenever database file changes */
672 
673   int nMmapOut;               /* Number of mmap pages currently outstanding */
674   sqlite3_int64 szMmap;       /* Desired maximum mmap size */
675   PgHdr *pMmapFreelist;       /* List of free mmap page headers (pDirty) */
676   /*
677   ** End of the routinely-changing class members
678   ***************************************************************************/
679 
680   u16 nExtra;                 /* Add this many bytes to each in-memory page */
681   i16 nReserve;               /* Number of unused bytes at end of each page */
682   u32 vfsFlags;               /* Flags for sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
683   u32 sectorSize;             /* Assumed sector size during rollback */
684   int pageSize;               /* Number of bytes in a page */
685   Pgno mxPgno;                /* Maximum allowed size of the database */
686   i64 journalSizeLimit;       /* Size limit for persistent journal files */
687   char *zFilename;            /* Name of the database file */
688   char *zJournal;             /* Name of the journal file */
689   int (*xBusyHandler)(void*); /* Function to call when busy */
690   void *pBusyHandlerArg;      /* Context argument for xBusyHandler */
691   int aStat[3];               /* Total cache hits, misses and writes */
692 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
693   int nRead;                  /* Database pages read */
694 #endif
695   void (*xReiniter)(DbPage*); /* Call this routine when reloading pages */
696 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
697   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int); /* Routine for en/decoding data */
698   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int); /* Notify of page size changes */
699   void (*xCodecFree)(void*);             /* Destructor for the codec */
700   void *pCodec;               /* First argument to xCodec... methods */
701 #endif
702   char *pTmpSpace;            /* Pager.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
703   PCache *pPCache;            /* Pointer to page cache object */
704 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
705   Wal *pWal;                  /* Write-ahead log used by "journal_mode=wal" */
706   char *zWal;                 /* File name for write-ahead log */
707 #endif
708 };
709 
710 /*
711 ** Indexes for use with Pager.aStat[]. The Pager.aStat[] array contains
712 ** the values accessed by passing SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT, CACHE_MISS
713 ** or CACHE_WRITE to sqlite3_db_status().
714 */
715 #define PAGER_STAT_HIT   0
716 #define PAGER_STAT_MISS  1
717 #define PAGER_STAT_WRITE 2
718 
719 /*
720 ** The following global variables hold counters used for
721 ** testing purposes only.  These variables do not exist in
722 ** a non-testing build.  These variables are not thread-safe.
723 */
724 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
725 int sqlite3_pager_readdb_count = 0;    /* Number of full pages read from DB */
726 int sqlite3_pager_writedb_count = 0;   /* Number of full pages written to DB */
727 int sqlite3_pager_writej_count = 0;    /* Number of pages written to journal */
728 # define PAGER_INCR(v)  v++
729 #else
730 # define PAGER_INCR(v)
731 #endif
732 
733 
734 
735 /*
736 ** Journal files begin with the following magic string.  The data
737 ** was obtained from /dev/random.  It is used only as a sanity check.
738 **
739 ** Since version 2.8.0, the journal format contains additional sanity
740 ** checking information.  If the power fails while the journal is being
741 ** written, semi-random garbage data might appear in the journal
742 ** file after power is restored.  If an attempt is then made
743 ** to roll the journal back, the database could be corrupted.  The additional
744 ** sanity checking data is an attempt to discover the garbage in the
745 ** journal and ignore it.
746 **
747 ** The sanity checking information for the new journal format consists
748 ** of a 32-bit checksum on each page of data.  The checksum covers both
749 ** the page number and the pPager->pageSize bytes of data for the page.
750 ** This cksum is initialized to a 32-bit random value that appears in the
751 ** journal file right after the header.  The random initializer is important,
752 ** because garbage data that appears at the end of a journal is likely
753 ** data that was once in other files that have now been deleted.  If the
754 ** garbage data came from an obsolete journal file, the checksums might
755 ** be correct.  But by initializing the checksum to random value which
756 ** is different for every journal, we minimize that risk.
757 */
758 static const unsigned char aJournalMagic[] = {
759   0xd9, 0xd5, 0x05, 0xf9, 0x20, 0xa1, 0x63, 0xd7,
760 };
761 
762 /*
763 ** The size of the of each page record in the journal is given by
764 ** the following macro.
765 */
766 #define JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager)  ((pPager->pageSize) + 8)
767 
768 /*
769 ** The journal header size for this pager. This is usually the same
770 ** size as a single disk sector. See also setSectorSize().
771 */
772 #define JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) (pPager->sectorSize)
773 
774 /*
775 ** The macro MEMDB is true if we are dealing with an in-memory database.
776 ** We do this as a macro so that if the SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB macro is set,
777 ** the value of MEMDB will be a constant and the compiler will optimize
778 ** out code that would never execute.
779 */
780 #ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
781 # define MEMDB 0
782 #else
783 # define MEMDB pPager->memDb
784 #endif
785 
786 /*
787 ** The macro USEFETCH is true if we are allowed to use the xFetch and xUnfetch
788 ** interfaces to access the database using memory-mapped I/O.
789 */
790 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
791 # define USEFETCH(x) ((x)->bUseFetch)
792 #else
793 # define USEFETCH(x) 0
794 #endif
795 
796 /*
797 ** The maximum legal page number is (2^31 - 1).
798 */
799 #define PAGER_MAX_PGNO 2147483647
800 
801 /*
802 ** The argument to this macro is a file descriptor (type sqlite3_file*).
803 ** Return 0 if it is not open, or non-zero (but not 1) if it is.
804 **
805 ** This is so that expressions can be written as:
806 **
807 **   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){ ...
808 **
809 ** instead of
810 **
811 **   if( pPager->jfd->pMethods ){ ...
812 */
813 #define isOpen(pFd) ((pFd)->pMethods!=0)
814 
815 /*
816 ** Return true if this pager uses a write-ahead log instead of the usual
817 ** rollback journal. Otherwise false.
818 */
819 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
820 static int pagerUseWal(Pager *pPager){
821   return (pPager->pWal!=0);
822 }
823 #else
824 # define pagerUseWal(x) 0
825 # define pagerRollbackWal(x) 0
826 # define pagerWalFrames(v,w,x,y) 0
827 # define pagerOpenWalIfPresent(z) SQLITE_OK
828 # define pagerBeginReadTransaction(z) SQLITE_OK
829 #endif
830 
831 #ifndef NDEBUG
832 /*
833 ** Usage:
834 **
835 **   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
836 **
837 ** This function runs many asserts to try to find inconsistencies in
838 ** the internal state of the Pager object.
839 */
840 static int assert_pager_state(Pager *p){
841   Pager *pPager = p;
842 
843   /* State must be valid. */
844   assert( p->eState==PAGER_OPEN
845        || p->eState==PAGER_READER
846        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
847        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
848        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
849        || p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
850        || p->eState==PAGER_ERROR
851   );
852 
853   /* Regardless of the current state, a temp-file connection always behaves
854   ** as if it has an exclusive lock on the database file. It never updates
855   ** the change-counter field, so the changeCountDone flag is always set.
856   */
857   assert( p->tempFile==0 || p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
858   assert( p->tempFile==0 || pPager->changeCountDone );
859 
860   /* If the useJournal flag is clear, the journal-mode must be "OFF".
861   ** And if the journal-mode is "OFF", the journal file must not be open.
862   */
863   assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || p->useJournal );
864   assert( p->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF || !isOpen(p->jfd) );
865 
866   /* Check that MEMDB implies noSync. And an in-memory journal. Since
867   ** this means an in-memory pager performs no IO at all, it cannot encounter
868   ** either SQLITE_IOERR or SQLITE_FULL during rollback or while finalizing
869   ** a journal file. (although the in-memory journal implementation may
870   ** return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM while the journal file is being written). It
871   ** is therefore not possible for an in-memory pager to enter the ERROR
872   ** state.
873   */
874   if( MEMDB ){
875     assert( !isOpen(p->fd) );
876     assert( p->noSync );
877     assert( p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
878          || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
879     );
880     assert( p->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && p->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );
881     assert( pagerUseWal(p)==0 );
882   }
883 
884   /* If changeCountDone is set, a RESERVED lock or greater must be held
885   ** on the file.
886   */
887   assert( pPager->changeCountDone==0 || pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
888   assert( p->eLock!=PENDING_LOCK );
889 
890   switch( p->eState ){
891     case PAGER_OPEN:
892       assert( !MEMDB );
893       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
894       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 || pPager->tempFile );
895       break;
896 
897     case PAGER_READER:
898       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
899       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
900       assert( p->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
901       break;
902 
903     case PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED:
904       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
905       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
906       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
907         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
908       }
909       assert( pPager->dbSize==pPager->dbOrigSize );
910       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
911       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
912       assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
913       break;
914 
915     case PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD:
916       assert( p->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK );
917       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
918       if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
919         /* It is possible that if journal_mode=wal here that neither the
920         ** journal file nor the WAL file are open. This happens during
921         ** a rollback transaction that switches from journal_mode=off
922         ** to journal_mode=wal.
923         */
924         assert( p->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK );
925         assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
926              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
927              || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
928         );
929       }
930       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbFileSize );
931       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize==pPager->dbHintSize );
932       break;
933 
934     case PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD:
935       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
936       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
937       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
938       assert( p->eLock>=EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
939       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
940            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
941            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
942       );
943       assert( pPager->dbOrigSize<=pPager->dbHintSize );
944       break;
945 
946     case PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED:
947       assert( p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
948       assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
949       assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
950       assert( isOpen(p->jfd)
951            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
952            || p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
953       );
954       break;
955 
956     case PAGER_ERROR:
957       /* There must be at least one outstanding reference to the pager if
958       ** in ERROR state. Otherwise the pager should have already dropped
959       ** back to OPEN state.
960       */
961       assert( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK );
962       assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 || pPager->tempFile );
963       break;
964   }
965 
966   return 1;
967 }
968 #endif /* ifndef NDEBUG */
969 
970 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
971 /*
972 ** Return a pointer to a human readable string in a static buffer
973 ** containing the state of the Pager object passed as an argument. This
974 ** is intended to be used within debuggers. For example, as an alternative
975 ** to "print *pPager" in gdb:
976 **
977 ** (gdb) printf "%s", print_pager_state(pPager)
978 */
979 static char *print_pager_state(Pager *p){
980   static char zRet[1024];
981 
982   sqlite3_snprintf(1024, zRet,
983       "Filename:      %s\n"
984       "State:         %s errCode=%d\n"
985       "Lock:          %s\n"
986       "Locking mode:  locking_mode=%s\n"
987       "Journal mode:  journal_mode=%s\n"
988       "Backing store: tempFile=%d memDb=%d useJournal=%d\n"
989       "Journal:       journalOff=%lld journalHdr=%lld\n"
990       "Size:          dbsize=%d dbOrigSize=%d dbFileSize=%d\n"
991       , p->zFilename
992       , p->eState==PAGER_OPEN            ? "OPEN" :
993         p->eState==PAGER_READER          ? "READER" :
994         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED   ? "WRITER_LOCKED" :
995         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ? "WRITER_CACHEMOD" :
996         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD    ? "WRITER_DBMOD" :
997         p->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED ? "WRITER_FINISHED" :
998         p->eState==PAGER_ERROR           ? "ERROR" : "?error?"
999       , (int)p->errCode
1000       , p->eLock==NO_LOCK         ? "NO_LOCK" :
1001         p->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK   ? "RESERVED" :
1002         p->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK  ? "EXCLUSIVE" :
1003         p->eLock==SHARED_LOCK     ? "SHARED" :
1004         p->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK    ? "UNKNOWN" : "?error?"
1005       , p->exclusiveMode ? "exclusive" : "normal"
1006       , p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   ? "memory" :
1007         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      ? "off" :
1008         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   ? "delete" :
1009         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  ? "persist" :
1010         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ? "truncate" :
1011         p->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      ? "wal" : "?error?"
1012       , (int)p->tempFile, (int)p->memDb, (int)p->useJournal
1013       , p->journalOff, p->journalHdr
1014       , (int)p->dbSize, (int)p->dbOrigSize, (int)p->dbFileSize
1015   );
1016 
1017   return zRet;
1018 }
1019 #endif
1020 
1021 /*
1022 ** Return true if it is necessary to write page *pPg into the sub-journal.
1023 ** A page needs to be written into the sub-journal if there exists one
1024 ** or more open savepoints for which:
1025 **
1026 **   * The page-number is less than or equal to PagerSavepoint.nOrig, and
1027 **   * The bit corresponding to the page-number is not set in
1028 **     PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint.
1029 */
1030 static int subjRequiresPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1031   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1032   PagerSavepoint *p;
1033   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;
1034   int i;
1035   for(i=0; i<pPager->nSavepoint; i++){
1036     p = &pPager->aSavepoint[i];
1037     if( p->nOrig>=pgno && 0==sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(p->pInSavepoint, pgno) ){
1038       return 1;
1039     }
1040   }
1041   return 0;
1042 }
1043 
1044 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
1045 /*
1046 ** Return true if the page is already in the journal file.
1047 */
1048 static int pageInJournal(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pPg){
1049   return sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
1050 }
1051 #endif
1052 
1053 /*
1054 ** Read a 32-bit integer from the given file descriptor.  Store the integer
1055 ** that is read in *pRes.  Return SQLITE_OK if everything worked, or an
1056 ** error code is something goes wrong.
1057 **
1058 ** All values are stored on disk as big-endian.
1059 */
1060 static int read32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 *pRes){
1061   unsigned char ac[4];
1062   int rc = sqlite3OsRead(fd, ac, sizeof(ac), offset);
1063   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
1064     *pRes = sqlite3Get4byte(ac);
1065   }
1066   return rc;
1067 }
1068 
1069 /*
1070 ** Write a 32-bit integer into a string buffer in big-endian byte order.
1071 */
1072 #define put32bits(A,B)  sqlite3Put4byte((u8*)A,B)
1073 
1074 
1075 /*
1076 ** Write a 32-bit integer into the given file descriptor.  Return SQLITE_OK
1077 ** on success or an error code is something goes wrong.
1078 */
1079 static int write32bits(sqlite3_file *fd, i64 offset, u32 val){
1080   char ac[4];
1081   put32bits(ac, val);
1082   return sqlite3OsWrite(fd, ac, 4, offset);
1083 }
1084 
1085 /*
1086 ** Unlock the database file to level eLock, which must be either NO_LOCK
1087 ** or SHARED_LOCK. Regardless of whether or not the call to xUnlock()
1088 ** succeeds, set the Pager.eLock variable to match the (attempted) new lock.
1089 **
1090 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1091 ** called, do not modify it. See the comment above the #define of
1092 ** UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of this.
1093 */
1094 static int pagerUnlockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1095   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1096 
1097   assert( !pPager->exclusiveMode || pPager->eLock==eLock );
1098   assert( eLock==NO_LOCK || eLock==SHARED_LOCK );
1099   assert( eLock!=NO_LOCK || pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
1100   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
1101     assert( pPager->eLock>=eLock );
1102     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsUnlock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1103     if( pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1104       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1105     }
1106     IOTRACE(("UNLOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1107   }
1108   return rc;
1109 }
1110 
1111 /*
1112 ** Lock the database file to level eLock, which must be either SHARED_LOCK,
1113 ** RESERVED_LOCK or EXCLUSIVE_LOCK. If the caller is successful, set the
1114 ** Pager.eLock variable to the new locking state.
1115 **
1116 ** Except, if Pager.eLock is set to UNKNOWN_LOCK when this function is
1117 ** called, do not modify it unless the new locking state is EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1118 ** See the comment above the #define of UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation
1119 ** of this.
1120 */
1121 static int pagerLockDb(Pager *pPager, int eLock){
1122   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
1123 
1124   assert( eLock==SHARED_LOCK || eLock==RESERVED_LOCK || eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
1125   if( pPager->eLock<eLock || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK ){
1126     rc = pPager->noLock ? SQLITE_OK : sqlite3OsLock(pPager->fd, eLock);
1127     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (pPager->eLock!=UNKNOWN_LOCK||eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK) ){
1128       pPager->eLock = (u8)eLock;
1129       IOTRACE(("LOCK %p %d\n", pPager, eLock))
1130     }
1131   }
1132   return rc;
1133 }
1134 
1135 /*
1136 ** This function determines whether or not the atomic-write optimization
1137 ** can be used with this pager. The optimization can be used if:
1138 **
1139 **  (a) the value returned by OsDeviceCharacteristics() indicates that
1140 **      a database page may be written atomically, and
1141 **  (b) the value returned by OsSectorSize() is less than or equal
1142 **      to the page size.
1143 **
1144 ** The optimization is also always enabled for temporary files. It is
1145 ** an error to call this function if pPager is opened on an in-memory
1146 ** database.
1147 **
1148 ** If the optimization cannot be used, 0 is returned. If it can be used,
1149 ** then the value returned is the size of the journal file when it
1150 ** contains rollback data for exactly one page.
1151 */
1152 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
1153 static int jrnlBufferSize(Pager *pPager){
1154   assert( !MEMDB );
1155   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
1156     int dc;                           /* Device characteristics */
1157     int nSector;                      /* Sector size */
1158     int szPage;                       /* Page size */
1159 
1160     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
1161     dc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
1162     nSector = pPager->sectorSize;
1163     szPage = pPager->pageSize;
1164 
1165     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
1166     assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
1167     if( 0==(dc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(szPage>>8)) || nSector>szPage) ){
1168       return 0;
1169     }
1170   }
1171 
1172   return JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager);
1173 }
1174 #else
1175 # define jrnlBufferSize(x) 0
1176 #endif
1177 
1178 /*
1179 ** If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined then we do some sanity checking
1180 ** on the cache using a hash function.  This is used for testing
1181 ** and debugging only.
1182 */
1183 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1184 /*
1185 ** Return a 32-bit hash of the page data for pPage.
1186 */
1187 static u32 pager_datahash(int nByte, unsigned char *pData){
1188   u32 hash = 0;
1189   int i;
1190   for(i=0; i<nByte; i++){
1191     hash = (hash*1039) + pData[i];
1192   }
1193   return hash;
1194 }
1195 static u32 pager_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1196   return pager_datahash(pPage->pPager->pageSize, (unsigned char *)pPage->pData);
1197 }
1198 static void pager_set_pagehash(PgHdr *pPage){
1199   pPage->pageHash = pager_pagehash(pPage);
1200 }
1201 
1202 /*
1203 ** The CHECK_PAGE macro takes a PgHdr* as an argument. If SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
1204 ** is defined, and NDEBUG is not defined, an assert() statement checks
1205 ** that the page is either dirty or still matches the calculated page-hash.
1206 */
1207 #define CHECK_PAGE(x) checkPage(x)
1208 static void checkPage(PgHdr *pPg){
1209   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
1210   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1211   assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) || pPg->pageHash==pager_pagehash(pPg) );
1212 }
1213 
1214 #else
1215 #define pager_datahash(X,Y)  0
1216 #define pager_pagehash(X)  0
1217 #define pager_set_pagehash(X)
1218 #define CHECK_PAGE(x)
1219 #endif  /* SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES */
1220 
1221 /*
1222 ** When this is called the journal file for pager pPager must be open.
1223 ** This function attempts to read a master journal file name from the
1224 ** end of the file and, if successful, copies it into memory supplied
1225 ** by the caller. See comments above writeMasterJournal() for the format
1226 ** used to store a master journal file name at the end of a journal file.
1227 **
1228 ** zMaster must point to a buffer of at least nMaster bytes allocated by
1229 ** the caller. This should be sqlite3_vfs.mxPathname+1 (to ensure there is
1230 ** enough space to write the master journal name). If the master journal
1231 ** name in the journal is longer than nMaster bytes (including a
1232 ** nul-terminator), then this is handled as if no master journal name
1233 ** were present in the journal.
1234 **
1235 ** If a master journal file name is present at the end of the journal
1236 ** file, then it is copied into the buffer pointed to by zMaster. A
1237 ** nul-terminator byte is appended to the buffer following the master
1238 ** journal file name.
1239 **
1240 ** If it is determined that no master journal file name is present
1241 ** zMaster[0] is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned.
1242 **
1243 ** If an error occurs while reading from the journal file, an SQLite
1244 ** error code is returned.
1245 */
1246 static int readMasterJournal(sqlite3_file *pJrnl, char *zMaster, u32 nMaster){
1247   int rc;                    /* Return code */
1248   u32 len;                   /* Length in bytes of master journal name */
1249   i64 szJ;                   /* Total size in bytes of journal file pJrnl */
1250   u32 cksum;                 /* MJ checksum value read from journal */
1251   u32 u;                     /* Unsigned loop counter */
1252   unsigned char aMagic[8];   /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1253   zMaster[0] = '\0';
1254 
1255   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pJrnl, &szJ))
1256    || szJ<16
1257    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-16, &len))
1258    || len>=nMaster
1259    || len==0
1260    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pJrnl, szJ-12, &cksum))
1261    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, aMagic, 8, szJ-8))
1262    || memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8)
1263    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = sqlite3OsRead(pJrnl, zMaster, len, szJ-16-len))
1264   ){
1265     return rc;
1266   }
1267 
1268   /* See if the checksum matches the master journal name */
1269   for(u=0; u<len; u++){
1270     cksum -= zMaster[u];
1271   }
1272   if( cksum ){
1273     /* If the checksum doesn't add up, then one or more of the disk sectors
1274     ** containing the master journal filename is corrupted. This means
1275     ** definitely roll back, so just return SQLITE_OK and report a (nul)
1276     ** master-journal filename.
1277     */
1278     len = 0;
1279   }
1280   zMaster[len] = '\0';
1281 
1282   return SQLITE_OK;
1283 }
1284 
1285 /*
1286 ** Return the offset of the sector boundary at or immediately
1287 ** following the value in pPager->journalOff, assuming a sector
1288 ** size of pPager->sectorSize bytes.
1289 **
1290 ** i.e for a sector size of 512:
1291 **
1292 **   Pager.journalOff          Return value
1293 **   ---------------------------------------
1294 **   0                         0
1295 **   512                       512
1296 **   100                       512
1297 **   2000                      2048
1298 **
1299 */
1300 static i64 journalHdrOffset(Pager *pPager){
1301   i64 offset = 0;
1302   i64 c = pPager->journalOff;
1303   if( c ){
1304     offset = ((c-1)/JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) + 1) * JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1305   }
1306   assert( offset%JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==0 );
1307   assert( offset>=c );
1308   assert( (offset-c)<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
1309   return offset;
1310 }
1311 
1312 /*
1313 ** The journal file must be open when this function is called.
1314 **
1315 ** This function is a no-op if the journal file has not been written to
1316 ** within the current transaction (i.e. if Pager.journalOff==0).
1317 **
1318 ** If doTruncate is non-zero or the Pager.journalSizeLimit variable is
1319 ** set to 0, then truncate the journal file to zero bytes in size. Otherwise,
1320 ** zero the 28-byte header at the start of the journal file. In either case,
1321 ** if the pager is not in no-sync mode, sync the journal file immediately
1322 ** after writing or truncating it.
1323 **
1324 ** If Pager.journalSizeLimit is set to a positive, non-zero value, and
1325 ** following the truncation or zeroing described above the size of the
1326 ** journal file in bytes is larger than this value, then truncate the
1327 ** journal file to Pager.journalSizeLimit bytes. The journal file does
1328 ** not need to be synced following this operation.
1329 **
1330 ** If an IO error occurs, abandon processing and return the IO error code.
1331 ** Otherwise, return SQLITE_OK.
1332 */
1333 static int zeroJournalHdr(Pager *pPager, int doTruncate){
1334   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                               /* Return code */
1335   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1336   assert( !sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) );
1337   if( pPager->journalOff ){
1338     const i64 iLimit = pPager->journalSizeLimit;    /* Local cache of jsl */
1339 
1340     IOTRACE(("JZEROHDR %p\n", pPager))
1341     if( doTruncate || iLimit==0 ){
1342       rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1343     }else{
1344       static const char zeroHdr[28] = {0};
1345       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zeroHdr, sizeof(zeroHdr), 0);
1346     }
1347     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
1348       rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY|pPager->syncFlags);
1349     }
1350 
1351     /* At this point the transaction is committed but the write lock
1352     ** is still held on the file. If there is a size limit configured for
1353     ** the persistent journal and the journal file currently consumes more
1354     ** space than that limit allows for, truncate it now. There is no need
1355     ** to sync the file following this operation.
1356     */
1357     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iLimit>0 ){
1358       i64 sz;
1359       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &sz);
1360       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sz>iLimit ){
1361         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, iLimit);
1362       }
1363     }
1364   }
1365   return rc;
1366 }
1367 
1368 /*
1369 ** The journal file must be open when this routine is called. A journal
1370 ** header (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is written into the journal file at the
1371 ** current location.
1372 **
1373 ** The format for the journal header is as follows:
1374 ** - 8 bytes: Magic identifying journal format.
1375 ** - 4 bytes: Number of records in journal, or -1 no-sync mode is on.
1376 ** - 4 bytes: Random number used for page hash.
1377 ** - 4 bytes: Initial database page count.
1378 ** - 4 bytes: Sector size used by the process that wrote this journal.
1379 ** - 4 bytes: Database page size.
1380 **
1381 ** Followed by (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes of unused space.
1382 */
1383 static int writeJournalHdr(Pager *pPager){
1384   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                 /* Return code */
1385   char *zHeader = pPager->pTmpSpace;  /* Temporary space used to build header */
1386   u32 nHeader = (u32)pPager->pageSize;/* Size of buffer pointed to by zHeader */
1387   u32 nWrite;                         /* Bytes of header sector written */
1388   int ii;                             /* Loop counter */
1389 
1390   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1391 
1392   if( nHeader>JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
1393     nHeader = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1394   }
1395 
1396   /* If there are active savepoints and any of them were created
1397   ** since the most recent journal header was written, update the
1398   ** PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset fields now.
1399   */
1400   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1401     if( pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset==0 ){
1402       pPager->aSavepoint[ii].iHdrOffset = pPager->journalOff;
1403     }
1404   }
1405 
1406   pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1407 
1408   /*
1409   ** Write the nRec Field - the number of page records that follow this
1410   ** journal header. Normally, zero is written to this value at this time.
1411   ** After the records are added to the journal (and the journal synced,
1412   ** if in full-sync mode), the zero is overwritten with the true number
1413   ** of records (see syncJournal()).
1414   **
1415   ** A faster alternative is to write 0xFFFFFFFF to the nRec field. When
1416   ** reading the journal this value tells SQLite to assume that the
1417   ** rest of the journal file contains valid page records. This assumption
1418   ** is dangerous, as if a failure occurred whilst writing to the journal
1419   ** file it may contain some garbage data. There are two scenarios
1420   ** where this risk can be ignored:
1421   **
1422   **   * When the pager is in no-sync mode. Corruption can follow a
1423   **     power failure in this case anyway.
1424   **
1425   **   * When the SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND flag is set. This guarantees
1426   **     that garbage data is never appended to the journal file.
1427   */
1428   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->noSync );
1429   if( pPager->noSync || (pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY)
1430    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd)&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND)
1431   ){
1432     memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
1433     put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], 0xffffffff);
1434   }else{
1435     memset(zHeader, 0, sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4);
1436   }
1437 
1438   /* The random check-hash initializer */
1439   sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(pPager->cksumInit), &pPager->cksumInit);
1440   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4], pPager->cksumInit);
1441   /* The initial database size */
1442   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+8], pPager->dbOrigSize);
1443   /* The assumed sector size for this process */
1444   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+12], pPager->sectorSize);
1445 
1446   /* The page size */
1447   put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+16], pPager->pageSize);
1448 
1449   /* Initializing the tail of the buffer is not necessary.  Everything
1450   ** works find if the following memset() is omitted.  But initializing
1451   ** the memory prevents valgrind from complaining, so we are willing to
1452   ** take the performance hit.
1453   */
1454   memset(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20], 0,
1455          nHeader-(sizeof(aJournalMagic)+20));
1456 
1457   /* In theory, it is only necessary to write the 28 bytes that the
1458   ** journal header consumes to the journal file here. Then increment the
1459   ** Pager.journalOff variable by JOURNAL_HDR_SZ so that the next
1460   ** record is written to the following sector (leaving a gap in the file
1461   ** that will be implicitly filled in by the OS).
1462   **
1463   ** However it has been discovered that on some systems this pattern can
1464   ** be significantly slower than contiguously writing data to the file,
1465   ** even if that means explicitly writing data to the block of
1466   ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ - 28) bytes that will not be used. So that is what
1467   ** is done.
1468   **
1469   ** The loop is required here in case the sector-size is larger than the
1470   ** database page size. Since the zHeader buffer is only Pager.pageSize
1471   ** bytes in size, more than one call to sqlite3OsWrite() may be required
1472   ** to populate the entire journal header sector.
1473   */
1474   for(nWrite=0; rc==SQLITE_OK&&nWrite<JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager); nWrite+=nHeader){
1475     IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld %d\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr, nHeader))
1476     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zHeader, nHeader, pPager->journalOff);
1477     assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1478     pPager->journalOff += nHeader;
1479   }
1480 
1481   return rc;
1482 }
1483 
1484 /*
1485 ** The journal file must be open when this is called. A journal header file
1486 ** (JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes) is read from the current location in the journal
1487 ** file. The current location in the journal file is given by
1488 ** pPager->journalOff. See comments above function writeJournalHdr() for
1489 ** a description of the journal header format.
1490 **
1491 ** If the header is read successfully, *pNRec is set to the number of
1492 ** page records following this header and *pDbSize is set to the size of the
1493 ** database before the transaction began, in pages. Also, pPager->cksumInit
1494 ** is set to the value read from the journal header. SQLITE_OK is returned
1495 ** in this case.
1496 **
1497 ** If the journal header file appears to be corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is
1498 ** returned and *pNRec and *PDbSize are undefined.  If JOURNAL_HDR_SZ bytes
1499 ** cannot be read from the journal file an error code is returned.
1500 */
1501 static int readJournalHdr(
1502   Pager *pPager,               /* Pager object */
1503   int isHot,
1504   i64 journalSize,             /* Size of the open journal file in bytes */
1505   u32 *pNRec,                  /* OUT: Value read from the nRec field */
1506   u32 *pDbSize                 /* OUT: Value of original database size field */
1507 ){
1508   int rc;                      /* Return code */
1509   unsigned char aMagic[8];     /* A buffer to hold the magic header */
1510   i64 iHdrOff;                 /* Offset of journal header being read */
1511 
1512   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );      /* Journal file must be open. */
1513 
1514   /* Advance Pager.journalOff to the start of the next sector. If the
1515   ** journal file is too small for there to be a header stored at this
1516   ** point, return SQLITE_DONE.
1517   */
1518   pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1519   if( pPager->journalOff+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) > journalSize ){
1520     return SQLITE_DONE;
1521   }
1522   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1523 
1524   /* Read in the first 8 bytes of the journal header. If they do not match
1525   ** the  magic string found at the start of each journal header, return
1526   ** SQLITE_DONE. If an IO error occurs, return an error code. Otherwise,
1527   ** proceed.
1528   */
1529   if( isHot || iHdrOff!=pPager->journalHdr ){
1530     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, sizeof(aMagic), iHdrOff);
1531     if( rc ){
1532       return rc;
1533     }
1534     if( memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aMagic))!=0 ){
1535       return SQLITE_DONE;
1536     }
1537   }
1538 
1539   /* Read the first three 32-bit fields of the journal header: The nRec
1540   ** field, the checksum-initializer and the database size at the start
1541   ** of the transaction. Return an error code if anything goes wrong.
1542   */
1543   if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+8, pNRec))
1544    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+12, &pPager->cksumInit))
1545    || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+16, pDbSize))
1546   ){
1547     return rc;
1548   }
1549 
1550   if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1551     u32 iPageSize;               /* Page-size field of journal header */
1552     u32 iSectorSize;             /* Sector-size field of journal header */
1553 
1554     /* Read the page-size and sector-size journal header fields. */
1555     if( SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+20, &iSectorSize))
1556      || SQLITE_OK!=(rc = read32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+24, &iPageSize))
1557     ){
1558       return rc;
1559     }
1560 
1561     /* Versions of SQLite prior to 3.5.8 set the page-size field of the
1562     ** journal header to zero. In this case, assume that the Pager.pageSize
1563     ** variable is already set to the correct page size.
1564     */
1565     if( iPageSize==0 ){
1566       iPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
1567     }
1568 
1569     /* Check that the values read from the page-size and sector-size fields
1570     ** are within range. To be 'in range', both values need to be a power
1571     ** of two greater than or equal to 512 or 32, and not greater than their
1572     ** respective compile time maximum limits.
1573     */
1574     if( iPageSize<512                  || iSectorSize<32
1575      || iPageSize>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE || iSectorSize>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE
1576      || ((iPageSize-1)&iPageSize)!=0   || ((iSectorSize-1)&iSectorSize)!=0
1577     ){
1578       /* If the either the page-size or sector-size in the journal-header is
1579       ** invalid, then the process that wrote the journal-header must have
1580       ** crashed before the header was synced. In this case stop reading
1581       ** the journal file here.
1582       */
1583       return SQLITE_DONE;
1584     }
1585 
1586     /* Update the page-size to match the value read from the journal.
1587     ** Use a testcase() macro to make sure that malloc failure within
1588     ** PagerSetPagesize() is tested.
1589     */
1590     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &iPageSize, -1);
1591     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
1592 
1593     /* Update the assumed sector-size to match the value used by
1594     ** the process that created this journal. If this journal was
1595     ** created by a process other than this one, then this routine
1596     ** is being called from within pager_playback(). The local value
1597     ** of Pager.sectorSize is restored at the end of that routine.
1598     */
1599     pPager->sectorSize = iSectorSize;
1600   }
1601 
1602   pPager->journalOff += JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
1603   return rc;
1604 }
1605 
1606 
1607 /*
1608 ** Write the supplied master journal name into the journal file for pager
1609 ** pPager at the current location. The master journal name must be the last
1610 ** thing written to a journal file. If the pager is in full-sync mode, the
1611 ** journal file descriptor is advanced to the next sector boundary before
1612 ** anything is written. The format is:
1613 **
1614 **   + 4 bytes: PAGER_MJ_PGNO.
1615 **   + N bytes: Master journal filename in utf-8.
1616 **   + 4 bytes: N (length of master journal name in bytes, no nul-terminator).
1617 **   + 4 bytes: Master journal name checksum.
1618 **   + 8 bytes: aJournalMagic[].
1619 **
1620 ** The master journal page checksum is the sum of the bytes in the master
1621 ** journal name, where each byte is interpreted as a signed 8-bit integer.
1622 **
1623 ** If zMaster is a NULL pointer (occurs for a single database transaction),
1624 ** this call is a no-op.
1625 */
1626 static int writeMasterJournal(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
1627   int rc;                          /* Return code */
1628   int nMaster;                     /* Length of string zMaster */
1629   i64 iHdrOff;                     /* Offset of header in journal file */
1630   i64 jrnlSize;                    /* Size of journal file on disk */
1631   u32 cksum = 0;                   /* Checksum of string zMaster */
1632 
1633   assert( pPager->setMaster==0 );
1634   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1635 
1636   if( !zMaster
1637    || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
1638    || !isOpen(pPager->jfd)
1639   ){
1640     return SQLITE_OK;
1641   }
1642   pPager->setMaster = 1;
1643   assert( pPager->journalHdr <= pPager->journalOff );
1644 
1645   /* Calculate the length in bytes and the checksum of zMaster */
1646   for(nMaster=0; zMaster[nMaster]; nMaster++){
1647     cksum += zMaster[nMaster];
1648   }
1649 
1650   /* If in full-sync mode, advance to the next disk sector before writing
1651   ** the master journal name. This is in case the previous page written to
1652   ** the journal has already been synced.
1653   */
1654   if( pPager->fullSync ){
1655     pPager->journalOff = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
1656   }
1657   iHdrOff = pPager->journalOff;
1658 
1659   /* Write the master journal data to the end of the journal file. If
1660   ** an error occurs, return the error code to the caller.
1661   */
1662   if( (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff, PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager))))
1663    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, zMaster, nMaster, iHdrOff+4)))
1664    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster, nMaster)))
1665    || (0 != (rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iHdrOff+4+nMaster+4, cksum)))
1666    || (0 != (rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, aJournalMagic, 8,
1667                                  iHdrOff+4+nMaster+8)))
1668   ){
1669     return rc;
1670   }
1671   pPager->journalOff += (nMaster+20);
1672 
1673   /* If the pager is in peristent-journal mode, then the physical
1674   ** journal-file may extend past the end of the master-journal name
1675   ** and 8 bytes of magic data just written to the file. This is
1676   ** dangerous because the code to rollback a hot-journal file
1677   ** will not be able to find the master-journal name to determine
1678   ** whether or not the journal is hot.
1679   **
1680   ** Easiest thing to do in this scenario is to truncate the journal
1681   ** file to the required size.
1682   */
1683   if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &jrnlSize))
1684    && jrnlSize>pPager->journalOff
1685   ){
1686     rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, pPager->journalOff);
1687   }
1688   return rc;
1689 }
1690 
1691 /*
1692 ** Discard the entire contents of the in-memory page-cache.
1693 */
1694 static void pager_reset(Pager *pPager){
1695   pPager->iDataVersion++;
1696   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
1697   sqlite3PcacheClear(pPager->pPCache);
1698 }
1699 
1700 /*
1701 ** Return the pPager->iDataVersion value
1702 */
1703 u32 sqlite3PagerDataVersion(Pager *pPager){
1704   assert( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN );
1705   return pPager->iDataVersion;
1706 }
1707 
1708 /*
1709 ** Free all structures in the Pager.aSavepoint[] array and set both
1710 ** Pager.aSavepoint and Pager.nSavepoint to zero. Close the sub-journal
1711 ** if it is open and the pager is not in exclusive mode.
1712 */
1713 static void releaseAllSavepoints(Pager *pPager){
1714   int ii;               /* Iterator for looping through Pager.aSavepoint */
1715   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1716     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
1717   }
1718   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode || sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
1719     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->sjfd);
1720   }
1721   sqlite3_free(pPager->aSavepoint);
1722   pPager->aSavepoint = 0;
1723   pPager->nSavepoint = 0;
1724   pPager->nSubRec = 0;
1725 }
1726 
1727 /*
1728 ** Set the bit number pgno in the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint
1729 ** bitvecs of all open savepoints. Return SQLITE_OK if successful
1730 ** or SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc failure occurs.
1731 */
1732 static int addToSavepointBitvecs(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
1733   int ii;                   /* Loop counter */
1734   int rc = SQLITE_OK;       /* Result code */
1735 
1736   for(ii=0; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
1737     PagerSavepoint *p = &pPager->aSavepoint[ii];
1738     if( pgno<=p->nOrig ){
1739       rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p->pInSavepoint, pgno);
1740       testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1741       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
1742     }
1743   }
1744   return rc;
1745 }
1746 
1747 /*
1748 ** This function is a no-op if the pager is in exclusive mode and not
1749 ** in the ERROR state. Otherwise, it switches the pager to PAGER_OPEN
1750 ** state.
1751 **
1752 ** If the pager is not in exclusive-access mode, the database file is
1753 ** completely unlocked. If the file is unlocked and the file-system does
1754 ** not exhibit the UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN property, the journal file is
1755 ** closed (if it is open).
1756 **
1757 ** If the pager is in ERROR state when this function is called, the
1758 ** contents of the pager cache are discarded before switching back to
1759 ** the OPEN state. Regardless of whether the pager is in exclusive-mode
1760 ** or not, any journal file left in the file-system will be treated
1761 ** as a hot-journal and rolled back the next time a read-transaction
1762 ** is opened (by this or by any other connection).
1763 */
1764 static void pager_unlock(Pager *pPager){
1765 
1766   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER
1767        || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN
1768        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
1769   );
1770 
1771   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
1772   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
1773   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1774 
1775   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
1776     assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
1777     sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
1778     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1779   }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
1780     int rc;                       /* Error code returned by pagerUnlockDb() */
1781     int iDc = isOpen(pPager->fd)?sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd):0;
1782 
1783     /* If the operating system support deletion of open files, then
1784     ** close the journal file when dropping the database lock.  Otherwise
1785     ** another connection with journal_mode=delete might delete the file
1786     ** out from under us.
1787     */
1788     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY   & 5)!=1 );
1789     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF      & 5)!=1 );
1790     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL      & 5)!=1 );
1791     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE   & 5)!=1 );
1792     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
1793     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST  & 5)==1 );
1794     if( 0==(iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN)
1795      || 1!=(pPager->journalMode & 5)
1796     ){
1797       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1798     }
1799 
1800     /* If the pager is in the ERROR state and the call to unlock the database
1801     ** file fails, set the current lock to UNKNOWN_LOCK. See the comment
1802     ** above the #define for UNKNOWN_LOCK for an explanation of why this
1803     ** is necessary.
1804     */
1805     rc = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, NO_LOCK);
1806     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ){
1807       pPager->eLock = UNKNOWN_LOCK;
1808     }
1809 
1810     /* The pager state may be changed from PAGER_ERROR to PAGER_OPEN here
1811     ** without clearing the error code. This is intentional - the error
1812     ** code is cleared and the cache reset in the block below.
1813     */
1814     assert( pPager->errCode || pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1815     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1816     pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1817   }
1818 
1819   /* If Pager.errCode is set, the contents of the pager cache cannot be
1820   ** trusted. Now that there are no outstanding references to the pager,
1821   ** it can safely move back to PAGER_OPEN state. This happens in both
1822   ** normal and exclusive-locking mode.
1823   */
1824   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1825   if( pPager->errCode ){
1826     if( pPager->tempFile==0 ){
1827       pager_reset(pPager);
1828       pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
1829       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
1830     }else{
1831       pPager->eState = (isOpen(pPager->jfd) ? PAGER_OPEN : PAGER_READER);
1832     }
1833     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
1834     pPager->errCode = SQLITE_OK;
1835   }
1836 
1837   pPager->journalOff = 0;
1838   pPager->journalHdr = 0;
1839   pPager->setMaster = 0;
1840 }
1841 
1842 /*
1843 ** This function is called whenever an IOERR or FULL error that requires
1844 ** the pager to transition into the ERROR state may ahve occurred.
1845 ** The first argument is a pointer to the pager structure, the second
1846 ** the error-code about to be returned by a pager API function. The
1847 ** value returned is a copy of the second argument to this function.
1848 **
1849 ** If the second argument is SQLITE_FULL, SQLITE_IOERR or one of the
1850 ** IOERR sub-codes, the pager enters the ERROR state and the error code
1851 ** is stored in Pager.errCode. While the pager remains in the ERROR state,
1852 ** all major API calls on the Pager will immediately return Pager.errCode.
1853 **
1854 ** The ERROR state indicates that the contents of the pager-cache
1855 ** cannot be trusted. This state can be cleared by completely discarding
1856 ** the contents of the pager-cache. If a transaction was active when
1857 ** the persistent error occurred, then the rollback journal may need
1858 ** to be replayed to restore the contents of the database file (as if
1859 ** it were a hot-journal).
1860 */
1861 static int pager_error(Pager *pPager, int rc){
1862   int rc2 = rc & 0xff;
1863   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || !MEMDB );
1864   assert(
1865        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_FULL ||
1866        pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK ||
1867        (pPager->errCode & 0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR
1868   );
1869   if( rc2==SQLITE_FULL || rc2==SQLITE_IOERR ){
1870     pPager->errCode = rc;
1871     pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
1872   }
1873   return rc;
1874 }
1875 
1876 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage);
1877 
1878 /*
1879 ** The write transaction open on pPager is being committed (bCommit==1)
1880 ** or rolled back (bCommit==0).
1881 **
1882 ** Return TRUE if and only if all dirty pages should be flushed to disk.
1883 **
1884 ** Rules:
1885 **
1886 **   *  For non-TEMP databases, always sync to disk.  This is necessary
1887 **      for transactions to be durable.
1888 **
1889 **   *  Sync TEMP database only on a COMMIT (not a ROLLBACK) when the backing
1890 **      file has been created already (via a spill on pagerStress()) and
1891 **      when the number of dirty pages in memory exceeds 25% of the total
1892 **      cache size.
1893 */
1894 static int pagerFlushOnCommit(Pager *pPager, int bCommit){
1895   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) return 1;
1896   if( !bCommit ) return 0;
1897   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ) return 0;
1898   return (sqlite3PCachePercentDirty(pPager->pPCache)>=25);
1899 }
1900 
1901 /*
1902 ** This routine ends a transaction. A transaction is usually ended by
1903 ** either a COMMIT or a ROLLBACK operation. This routine may be called
1904 ** after rollback of a hot-journal, or if an error occurs while opening
1905 ** the journal file or writing the very first journal-header of a
1906 ** database transaction.
1907 **
1908 ** This routine is never called in PAGER_ERROR state. If it is called
1909 ** in PAGER_NONE or PAGER_SHARED state and the lock held is less
1910 ** exclusive than a RESERVED lock, it is a no-op.
1911 **
1912 ** Otherwise, any active savepoints are released.
1913 **
1914 ** If the journal file is open, then it is "finalized". Once a journal
1915 ** file has been finalized it is not possible to use it to roll back a
1916 ** transaction. Nor will it be considered to be a hot-journal by this
1917 ** or any other database connection. Exactly how a journal is finalized
1918 ** depends on whether or not the pager is running in exclusive mode and
1919 ** the current journal-mode (Pager.journalMode value), as follows:
1920 **
1921 **   journalMode==MEMORY
1922 **     Journal file descriptor is simply closed. This destroys an
1923 **     in-memory journal.
1924 **
1925 **   journalMode==TRUNCATE
1926 **     Journal file is truncated to zero bytes in size.
1927 **
1928 **   journalMode==PERSIST
1929 **     The first 28 bytes of the journal file are zeroed. This invalidates
1930 **     the first journal header in the file, and hence the entire journal
1931 **     file. An invalid journal file cannot be rolled back.
1932 **
1933 **   journalMode==DELETE
1934 **     The journal file is closed and deleted using sqlite3OsDelete().
1935 **
1936 **     If the pager is running in exclusive mode, this method of finalizing
1937 **     the journal file is never used. Instead, if the journalMode is
1938 **     DELETE and the pager is in exclusive mode, the method described under
1939 **     journalMode==PERSIST is used instead.
1940 **
1941 ** After the journal is finalized, the pager moves to PAGER_READER state.
1942 ** If running in non-exclusive rollback mode, the lock on the file is
1943 ** downgraded to a SHARED_LOCK.
1944 **
1945 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if no error occurs. If an error occurs during
1946 ** any of the IO operations to finalize the journal file or unlock the
1947 ** database then the IO error code is returned to the user. If the
1948 ** operation to finalize the journal file fails, then the code still
1949 ** tries to unlock the database file if not in exclusive mode. If the
1950 ** unlock operation fails as well, then the first error code related
1951 ** to the first error encountered (the journal finalization one) is
1952 ** returned.
1953 */
1954 static int pager_end_transaction(Pager *pPager, int hasMaster, int bCommit){
1955   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Error code from journal finalization operation */
1956   int rc2 = SQLITE_OK;     /* Error code from db file unlock operation */
1957 
1958   /* Do nothing if the pager does not have an open write transaction
1959   ** or at least a RESERVED lock. This function may be called when there
1960   ** is no write-transaction active but a RESERVED or greater lock is
1961   ** held under two circumstances:
1962   **
1963   **   1. After a successful hot-journal rollback, it is called with
1964   **      eState==PAGER_NONE and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK.
1965   **
1966   **   2. If a connection with locking_mode=exclusive holding an EXCLUSIVE
1967   **      lock switches back to locking_mode=normal and then executes a
1968   **      read-transaction, this function is called with eState==PAGER_READER
1969   **      and eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK when the read-transaction is closed.
1970   */
1971   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
1972   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
1973   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED && pPager->eLock<RESERVED_LOCK ){
1974     return SQLITE_OK;
1975   }
1976 
1977   releaseAllSavepoints(pPager);
1978   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->pInJournal==0 );
1979   if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
1980     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
1981 
1982     /* Finalize the journal file. */
1983     if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd) ){
1984       /* assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ); */
1985       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
1986     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE ){
1987       if( pPager->journalOff==0 ){
1988         rc = SQLITE_OK;
1989       }else{
1990         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->jfd, 0);
1991         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->fullSync ){
1992           /* Make sure the new file size is written into the inode right away.
1993           ** Otherwise the journal might resurrect following a power loss and
1994           ** cause the last transaction to roll back.  See
1995           ** https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=1072773
1996           */
1997           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
1998         }
1999       }
2000       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2001     }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
2002       || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL)
2003     ){
2004       rc = zeroJournalHdr(pPager, hasMaster||pPager->tempFile);
2005       pPager->journalOff = 0;
2006     }else{
2007       /* This branch may be executed with Pager.journalMode==MEMORY if
2008       ** a hot-journal was just rolled back. In this case the journal
2009       ** file should be closed and deleted. If this connection writes to
2010       ** the database file, it will do so using an in-memory journal.
2011       */
2012       int bDelete = !pPager->tempFile;
2013       assert( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->jfd)==0 );
2014       assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
2015            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
2016            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
2017       );
2018       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
2019       if( bDelete ){
2020         rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->extraSync);
2021       }
2022     }
2023   }
2024 
2025 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
2026   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, pager_set_pagehash);
2027   if( pPager->dbSize==0 && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)>0 ){
2028     PgHdr *p = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, 1);
2029     if( p ){
2030       p->pageHash = 0;
2031       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(p);
2032     }
2033   }
2034 #endif
2035 
2036   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
2037   pPager->pInJournal = 0;
2038   pPager->nRec = 0;
2039   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2040     if( pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, bCommit) ){
2041       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
2042     }else{
2043       sqlite3PcacheClearWritable(pPager->pPCache);
2044     }
2045     sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pPager->pPCache, pPager->dbSize);
2046   }
2047 
2048   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2049     /* Drop the WAL write-lock, if any. Also, if the connection was in
2050     ** locking_mode=exclusive mode but is no longer, drop the EXCLUSIVE
2051     ** lock held on the database file.
2052     */
2053     rc2 = sqlite3WalEndWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
2054     assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
2055   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && pPager->dbFileSize>pPager->dbSize ){
2056     /* This branch is taken when committing a transaction in rollback-journal
2057     ** mode if the database file on disk is larger than the database image.
2058     ** At this point the journal has been finalized and the transaction
2059     ** successfully committed, but the EXCLUSIVE lock is still held on the
2060     ** file. So it is safe to truncate the database file to its minimum
2061     ** required size.  */
2062     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2063     rc = pager_truncate(pPager, pPager->dbSize);
2064   }
2065 
2066   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bCommit && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
2067     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO, 0);
2068     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
2069   }
2070 
2071   if( !pPager->exclusiveMode
2072    && (!pagerUseWal(pPager) || sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 0))
2073   ){
2074     rc2 = pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
2075     pPager->changeCountDone = 0;
2076   }
2077   pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
2078   pPager->setMaster = 0;
2079 
2080   return (rc==SQLITE_OK?rc2:rc);
2081 }
2082 
2083 /*
2084 ** Execute a rollback if a transaction is active and unlock the
2085 ** database file.
2086 **
2087 ** If the pager has already entered the ERROR state, do not attempt
2088 ** the rollback at this time. Instead, pager_unlock() is called. The
2089 ** call to pager_unlock() will discard all in-memory pages, unlock
2090 ** the database file and move the pager back to OPEN state. If this
2091 ** means that there is a hot-journal left in the file-system, the next
2092 ** connection to obtain a shared lock on the pager (which may be this one)
2093 ** will roll it back.
2094 **
2095 ** If the pager has not already entered the ERROR state, but an IO or
2096 ** malloc error occurs during a rollback, then this will itself cause
2097 ** the pager to enter the ERROR state. Which will be cleared by the
2098 ** call to pager_unlock(), as described above.
2099 */
2100 static void pagerUnlockAndRollback(Pager *pPager){
2101   if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR && pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN ){
2102     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
2103     if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
2104       sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
2105       sqlite3PagerRollback(pPager);
2106       sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
2107     }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
2108       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
2109       pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
2110     }
2111   }
2112   pager_unlock(pPager);
2113 }
2114 
2115 /*
2116 ** Parameter aData must point to a buffer of pPager->pageSize bytes
2117 ** of data. Compute and return a checksum based ont the contents of the
2118 ** page of data and the current value of pPager->cksumInit.
2119 **
2120 ** This is not a real checksum. It is really just the sum of the
2121 ** random initial value (pPager->cksumInit) and every 200th byte
2122 ** of the page data, starting with byte offset (pPager->pageSize%200).
2123 ** Each byte is interpreted as an 8-bit unsigned integer.
2124 **
2125 ** Changing the formula used to compute this checksum results in an
2126 ** incompatible journal file format.
2127 **
2128 ** If journal corruption occurs due to a power failure, the most likely
2129 ** scenario is that one end or the other of the record will be changed.
2130 ** It is much less likely that the two ends of the journal record will be
2131 ** correct and the middle be corrupt.  Thus, this "checksum" scheme,
2132 ** though fast and simple, catches the mostly likely kind of corruption.
2133 */
2134 static u32 pager_cksum(Pager *pPager, const u8 *aData){
2135   u32 cksum = pPager->cksumInit;         /* Checksum value to return */
2136   int i = pPager->pageSize-200;          /* Loop counter */
2137   while( i>0 ){
2138     cksum += aData[i];
2139     i -= 200;
2140   }
2141   return cksum;
2142 }
2143 
2144 /*
2145 ** Report the current page size and number of reserved bytes back
2146 ** to the codec.
2147 */
2148 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2149 static void pagerReportSize(Pager *pPager){
2150   if( pPager->xCodecSizeChng ){
2151     pPager->xCodecSizeChng(pPager->pCodec, pPager->pageSize,
2152                            (int)pPager->nReserve);
2153   }
2154 }
2155 #else
2156 # define pagerReportSize(X)     /* No-op if we do not support a codec */
2157 #endif
2158 
2159 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
2160 /*
2161 ** Make sure the number of reserved bits is the same in the destination
2162 ** pager as it is in the source.  This comes up when a VACUUM changes the
2163 ** number of reserved bits to the "optimal" amount.
2164 */
2165 void sqlite3PagerAlignReserve(Pager *pDest, Pager *pSrc){
2166   if( pDest->nReserve!=pSrc->nReserve ){
2167     pDest->nReserve = pSrc->nReserve;
2168     pagerReportSize(pDest);
2169   }
2170 }
2171 #endif
2172 
2173 /*
2174 ** Read a single page from either the journal file (if isMainJrnl==1) or
2175 ** from the sub-journal (if isMainJrnl==0) and playback that page.
2176 ** The page begins at offset *pOffset into the file. The *pOffset
2177 ** value is increased to the start of the next page in the journal.
2178 **
2179 ** The main rollback journal uses checksums - the statement journal does
2180 ** not.
2181 **
2182 ** If the page number of the page record read from the (sub-)journal file
2183 ** is greater than the current value of Pager.dbSize, then playback is
2184 ** skipped and SQLITE_OK is returned.
2185 **
2186 ** If pDone is not NULL, then it is a record of pages that have already
2187 ** been played back.  If the page at *pOffset has already been played back
2188 ** (if the corresponding pDone bit is set) then skip the playback.
2189 ** Make sure the pDone bit corresponding to the *pOffset page is set
2190 ** prior to returning.
2191 **
2192 ** If the page record is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file
2193 ** and played back, then SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error occurs
2194 ** while reading the record from the (sub-)journal file or while writing
2195 ** to the database file, then the IO error code is returned. If data
2196 ** is successfully read from the (sub-)journal file but appears to be
2197 ** corrupted, SQLITE_DONE is returned. Data is considered corrupted in
2198 ** two circumstances:
2199 **
2200 **   * If the record page-number is illegal (0 or PAGER_MJ_PGNO), or
2201 **   * If the record is being rolled back from the main journal file
2202 **     and the checksum field does not match the record content.
2203 **
2204 ** Neither of these two scenarios are possible during a savepoint rollback.
2205 **
2206 ** If this is a savepoint rollback, then memory may have to be dynamically
2207 ** allocated by this function. If this is the case and an allocation fails,
2208 ** SQLITE_NOMEM is returned.
2209 */
2210 static int pager_playback_one_page(
2211   Pager *pPager,                /* The pager being played back */
2212   i64 *pOffset,                 /* Offset of record to playback */
2213   Bitvec *pDone,                /* Bitvec of pages already played back */
2214   int isMainJrnl,               /* 1 -> main journal. 0 -> sub-journal. */
2215   int isSavepnt                 /* True for a savepoint rollback */
2216 ){
2217   int rc;
2218   PgHdr *pPg;                   /* An existing page in the cache */
2219   Pgno pgno;                    /* The page number of a page in journal */
2220   u32 cksum;                    /* Checksum used for sanity checking */
2221   char *aData;                  /* Temporary storage for the page */
2222   sqlite3_file *jfd;            /* The file descriptor for the journal file */
2223   int isSynced;                 /* True if journal page is synced */
2224 
2225   assert( (isMainJrnl&~1)==0 );      /* isMainJrnl is 0 or 1 */
2226   assert( (isSavepnt&~1)==0 );       /* isSavepnt is 0 or 1 */
2227   assert( isMainJrnl || pDone );     /* pDone always used on sub-journals */
2228   assert( isSavepnt || pDone==0 );   /* pDone never used on non-savepoint */
2229 
2230   aData = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2231   assert( aData );         /* Temp storage must have already been allocated */
2232   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || (!isMainJrnl && isSavepnt) );
2233 
2234   /* Either the state is greater than PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD (a transaction
2235   ** or savepoint rollback done at the request of the caller) or this is
2236   ** a hot-journal rollback. If it is a hot-journal rollback, the pager
2237   ** is in state OPEN and holds an EXCLUSIVE lock. Hot-journal rollback
2238   ** only reads from the main journal, not the sub-journal.
2239   */
2240   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
2241        || (pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
2242   );
2243   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD || isMainJrnl );
2244 
2245   /* Read the page number and page data from the journal or sub-journal
2246   ** file. Return an error code to the caller if an IO error occurs.
2247   */
2248   jfd = isMainJrnl ? pPager->jfd : pPager->sjfd;
2249   rc = read32bits(jfd, *pOffset, &pgno);
2250   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2251   rc = sqlite3OsRead(jfd, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize, (*pOffset)+4);
2252   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2253   *pOffset += pPager->pageSize + 4 + isMainJrnl*4;
2254 
2255   /* Sanity checking on the page.  This is more important that I originally
2256   ** thought.  If a power failure occurs while the journal is being written,
2257   ** it could cause invalid data to be written into the journal.  We need to
2258   ** detect this invalid data (with high probability) and ignore it.
2259   */
2260   if( pgno==0 || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
2261     assert( !isSavepnt );
2262     return SQLITE_DONE;
2263   }
2264   if( pgno>(Pgno)pPager->dbSize || sqlite3BitvecTest(pDone, pgno) ){
2265     return SQLITE_OK;
2266   }
2267   if( isMainJrnl ){
2268     rc = read32bits(jfd, (*pOffset)-4, &cksum);
2269     if( rc ) return rc;
2270     if( !isSavepnt && pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)aData)!=cksum ){
2271       return SQLITE_DONE;
2272     }
2273   }
2274 
2275   /* If this page has already been played back before during the current
2276   ** rollback, then don't bother to play it back again.
2277   */
2278   if( pDone && (rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pDone, pgno))!=SQLITE_OK ){
2279     return rc;
2280   }
2281 
2282   /* When playing back page 1, restore the nReserve setting
2283   */
2284   if( pgno==1 && pPager->nReserve!=((u8*)aData)[20] ){
2285     pPager->nReserve = ((u8*)aData)[20];
2286     pagerReportSize(pPager);
2287   }
2288 
2289   /* If the pager is in CACHEMOD state, then there must be a copy of this
2290   ** page in the pager cache. In this case just update the pager cache,
2291   ** not the database file. The page is left marked dirty in this case.
2292   **
2293   ** An exception to the above rule: If the database is in no-sync mode
2294   ** and a page is moved during an incremental vacuum then the page may
2295   ** not be in the pager cache. Later: if a malloc() or IO error occurs
2296   ** during a Movepage() call, then the page may not be in the cache
2297   ** either. So the condition described in the above paragraph is not
2298   ** assert()able.
2299   **
2300   ** If in WRITER_DBMOD, WRITER_FINISHED or OPEN state, then we update the
2301   ** pager cache if it exists and the main file. The page is then marked
2302   ** not dirty. Since this code is only executed in PAGER_OPEN state for
2303   ** a hot-journal rollback, it is guaranteed that the page-cache is empty
2304   ** if the pager is in OPEN state.
2305   **
2306   ** Ticket #1171:  The statement journal might contain page content that is
2307   ** different from the page content at the start of the transaction.
2308   ** This occurs when a page is changed prior to the start of a statement
2309   ** then changed again within the statement.  When rolling back such a
2310   ** statement we must not write to the original database unless we know
2311   ** for certain that original page contents are synced into the main rollback
2312   ** journal.  Otherwise, a power loss might leave modified data in the
2313   ** database file without an entry in the rollback journal that can
2314   ** restore the database to its original form.  Two conditions must be
2315   ** met before writing to the database files. (1) the database must be
2316   ** locked.  (2) we know that the original page content is fully synced
2317   ** in the main journal either because the page is not in cache or else
2318   ** the page is marked as needSync==0.
2319   **
2320   ** 2008-04-14:  When attempting to vacuum a corrupt database file, it
2321   ** is possible to fail a statement on a database that does not yet exist.
2322   ** Do not attempt to write if database file has never been opened.
2323   */
2324   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
2325     pPg = 0;
2326   }else{
2327     pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
2328   }
2329   assert( pPg || !MEMDB );
2330   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN || pPg==0 || pPager->tempFile );
2331   PAGERTRACE(("PLAYBACK %d page %d hash(%08x) %s\n",
2332            PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_datahash(pPager->pageSize, (u8*)aData),
2333            (isMainJrnl?"main-journal":"sub-journal")
2334   ));
2335   if( isMainJrnl ){
2336     isSynced = pPager->noSync || (*pOffset <= pPager->journalHdr);
2337   }else{
2338     isSynced = (pPg==0 || 0==(pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
2339   }
2340   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2341    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2342    && isSynced
2343   ){
2344     i64 ofst = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2345     testcase( !isSavepnt && pPg!=0 && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0 );
2346     assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
2347     rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, (u8 *)aData, pPager->pageSize, ofst);
2348     if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
2349       pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
2350     }
2351     if( pPager->pBackup ){
2352       CODEC1(pPager, aData, pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2353       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)aData);
2354       CODEC2(pPager, aData, pgno, 7, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, aData);
2355     }
2356   }else if( !isMainJrnl && pPg==0 ){
2357     /* If this is a rollback of a savepoint and data was not written to
2358     ** the database and the page is not in-memory, there is a potential
2359     ** problem. When the page is next fetched by the b-tree layer, it
2360     ** will be read from the database file, which may or may not be
2361     ** current.
2362     **
2363     ** There are a couple of different ways this can happen. All are quite
2364     ** obscure. When running in synchronous mode, this can only happen
2365     ** if the page is on the free-list at the start of the transaction, then
2366     ** populated, then moved using sqlite3PagerMovepage().
2367     **
2368     ** The solution is to add an in-memory page to the cache containing
2369     ** the data just read from the sub-journal. Mark the page as dirty
2370     ** and if the pager requires a journal-sync, then mark the page as
2371     ** requiring a journal-sync before it is written.
2372     */
2373     assert( isSavepnt );
2374     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)==0 );
2375     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2376     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pgno, &pPg, 1);
2377     assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK)!=0 );
2378     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK;
2379     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
2380     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
2381   }
2382   if( pPg ){
2383     /* No page should ever be explicitly rolled back that is in use, except
2384     ** for page 1 which is held in use in order to keep the lock on the
2385     ** database active. However such a page may be rolled back as a result
2386     ** of an internal error resulting in an automatic call to
2387     ** sqlite3PagerRollback().
2388     */
2389     void *pData;
2390     pData = pPg->pData;
2391     memcpy(pData, (u8*)aData, pPager->pageSize);
2392     pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
2393     /* It used to be that sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg) was called here.  But
2394     ** that call was dangerous and had no detectable benefit since the cache
2395     ** is normally cleaned by sqlite3PcacheCleanAll() after rollback and so
2396     ** has been removed. */
2397     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
2398 
2399     /* If this was page 1, then restore the value of Pager.dbFileVers.
2400     ** Do this before any decoding. */
2401     if( pgno==1 ){
2402       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &((u8*)pData)[24],sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2403     }
2404 
2405     /* Decode the page just read from disk */
2406     CODEC1(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 3, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2407     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
2408   }
2409   return rc;
2410 }
2411 
2412 /*
2413 ** Parameter zMaster is the name of a master journal file. A single journal
2414 ** file that referred to the master journal file has just been rolled back.
2415 ** This routine checks if it is possible to delete the master journal file,
2416 ** and does so if it is.
2417 **
2418 ** Argument zMaster may point to Pager.pTmpSpace. So that buffer is not
2419 ** available for use within this function.
2420 **
2421 ** When a master journal file is created, it is populated with the names
2422 ** of all of its child journals, one after another, formatted as utf-8
2423 ** encoded text. The end of each child journal file is marked with a
2424 ** nul-terminator byte (0x00). i.e. the entire contents of a master journal
2425 ** file for a transaction involving two databases might be:
2426 **
2427 **   "/home/bill/a.db-journal\x00/home/bill/b.db-journal\x00"
2428 **
2429 ** A master journal file may only be deleted once all of its child
2430 ** journals have been rolled back.
2431 **
2432 ** This function reads the contents of the master-journal file into
2433 ** memory and loops through each of the child journal names. For
2434 ** each child journal, it checks if:
2435 **
2436 **   * if the child journal exists, and if so
2437 **   * if the child journal contains a reference to master journal
2438 **     file zMaster
2439 **
2440 ** If a child journal can be found that matches both of the criteria
2441 ** above, this function returns without doing anything. Otherwise, if
2442 ** no such child journal can be found, file zMaster is deleted from
2443 ** the file-system using sqlite3OsDelete().
2444 **
2445 ** If an IO error within this function, an error code is returned. This
2446 ** function allocates memory by calling sqlite3Malloc(). If an allocation
2447 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. Otherwise, if no IO or malloc errors
2448 ** occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2449 **
2450 ** TODO: This function allocates a single block of memory to load
2451 ** the entire contents of the master journal file. This could be
2452 ** a couple of kilobytes or so - potentially larger than the page
2453 ** size.
2454 */
2455 static int pager_delmaster(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
2456   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2457   int rc;                   /* Return code */
2458   sqlite3_file *pMaster;    /* Malloc'd master-journal file descriptor */
2459   sqlite3_file *pJournal;   /* Malloc'd child-journal file descriptor */
2460   char *zMasterJournal = 0; /* Contents of master journal file */
2461   i64 nMasterJournal;       /* Size of master journal file */
2462   char *zJournal;           /* Pointer to one journal within MJ file */
2463   char *zMasterPtr;         /* Space to hold MJ filename from a journal file */
2464   int nMasterPtr;           /* Amount of space allocated to zMasterPtr[] */
2465 
2466   /* Allocate space for both the pJournal and pMaster file descriptors.
2467   ** If successful, open the master journal file for reading.
2468   */
2469   pMaster = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3MallocZero(pVfs->szOsFile * 2);
2470   pJournal = (sqlite3_file *)(((u8 *)pMaster) + pVfs->szOsFile);
2471   if( !pMaster ){
2472     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2473   }else{
2474     const int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MASTER_JOURNAL);
2475     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zMaster, pMaster, flags, 0);
2476   }
2477   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2478 
2479   /* Load the entire master journal file into space obtained from
2480   ** sqlite3_malloc() and pointed to by zMasterJournal.   Also obtain
2481   ** sufficient space (in zMasterPtr) to hold the names of master
2482   ** journal files extracted from regular rollback-journals.
2483   */
2484   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pMaster, &nMasterJournal);
2485   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2486   nMasterPtr = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
2487   zMasterJournal = sqlite3Malloc(nMasterJournal + nMasterPtr + 1);
2488   if( !zMasterJournal ){
2489     rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
2490     goto delmaster_out;
2491   }
2492   zMasterPtr = &zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal+1];
2493   rc = sqlite3OsRead(pMaster, zMasterJournal, (int)nMasterJournal, 0);
2494   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto delmaster_out;
2495   zMasterJournal[nMasterJournal] = 0;
2496 
2497   zJournal = zMasterJournal;
2498   while( (zJournal-zMasterJournal)<nMasterJournal ){
2499     int exists;
2500     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
2501     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2502       goto delmaster_out;
2503     }
2504     if( exists ){
2505       /* One of the journals pointed to by the master journal exists.
2506       ** Open it and check if it points at the master journal. If
2507       ** so, return without deleting the master journal file.
2508       */
2509       int c;
2510       int flags = (SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL);
2511       rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zJournal, pJournal, flags, 0);
2512       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2513         goto delmaster_out;
2514       }
2515 
2516       rc = readMasterJournal(pJournal, zMasterPtr, nMasterPtr);
2517       sqlite3OsClose(pJournal);
2518       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2519         goto delmaster_out;
2520       }
2521 
2522       c = zMasterPtr[0]!=0 && strcmp(zMasterPtr, zMaster)==0;
2523       if( c ){
2524         /* We have a match. Do not delete the master journal file. */
2525         goto delmaster_out;
2526       }
2527     }
2528     zJournal += (sqlite3Strlen30(zJournal)+1);
2529   }
2530 
2531   sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2532   rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, zMaster, 0);
2533 
2534 delmaster_out:
2535   sqlite3_free(zMasterJournal);
2536   if( pMaster ){
2537     sqlite3OsClose(pMaster);
2538     assert( !isOpen(pJournal) );
2539     sqlite3_free(pMaster);
2540   }
2541   return rc;
2542 }
2543 
2544 
2545 /*
2546 ** This function is used to change the actual size of the database
2547 ** file in the file-system. This only happens when committing a transaction,
2548 ** or rolling back a transaction (including rolling back a hot-journal).
2549 **
2550 ** If the main database file is not open, or the pager is not in either
2551 ** DBMOD or OPEN state, this function is a no-op. Otherwise, the size
2552 ** of the file is changed to nPage pages (nPage*pPager->pageSize bytes).
2553 ** If the file on disk is currently larger than nPage pages, then use the VFS
2554 ** xTruncate() method to truncate it.
2555 **
2556 ** Or, it might be the case that the file on disk is smaller than
2557 ** nPage pages. Some operating system implementations can get confused if
2558 ** you try to truncate a file to some size that is larger than it
2559 ** currently is, so detect this case and write a single zero byte to
2560 ** the end of the new file instead.
2561 **
2562 ** If successful, return SQLITE_OK. If an IO error occurs while modifying
2563 ** the database file, return the error code to the caller.
2564 */
2565 static int pager_truncate(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
2566   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
2567   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
2568   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_READER );
2569 
2570   if( isOpen(pPager->fd)
2571    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2572   ){
2573     i64 currentSize, newSize;
2574     int szPage = pPager->pageSize;
2575     assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
2576     /* TODO: Is it safe to use Pager.dbFileSize here? */
2577     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &currentSize);
2578     newSize = szPage*(i64)nPage;
2579     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && currentSize!=newSize ){
2580       if( currentSize>newSize ){
2581         rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->fd, newSize);
2582       }else if( (currentSize+szPage)<=newSize ){
2583         char *pTmp = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2584         memset(pTmp, 0, szPage);
2585         testcase( (newSize-szPage) == currentSize );
2586         testcase( (newSize-szPage) >  currentSize );
2587         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pTmp, szPage, newSize-szPage);
2588       }
2589       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2590         pPager->dbFileSize = nPage;
2591       }
2592     }
2593   }
2594   return rc;
2595 }
2596 
2597 /*
2598 ** Return a sanitized version of the sector-size of OS file pFile. The
2599 ** return value is guaranteed to lie between 32 and MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2600 */
2601 int sqlite3SectorSize(sqlite3_file *pFile){
2602   int iRet = sqlite3OsSectorSize(pFile);
2603   if( iRet<32 ){
2604     iRet = 512;
2605   }else if( iRet>MAX_SECTOR_SIZE ){
2606     assert( MAX_SECTOR_SIZE>=512 );
2607     iRet = MAX_SECTOR_SIZE;
2608   }
2609   return iRet;
2610 }
2611 
2612 /*
2613 ** Set the value of the Pager.sectorSize variable for the given
2614 ** pager based on the value returned by the xSectorSize method
2615 ** of the open database file. The sector size will be used
2616 ** to determine the size and alignment of journal header and
2617 ** master journal pointers within created journal files.
2618 **
2619 ** For temporary files the effective sector size is always 512 bytes.
2620 **
2621 ** Otherwise, for non-temporary files, the effective sector size is
2622 ** the value returned by the xSectorSize() method rounded up to 32 if
2623 ** it is less than 32, or rounded down to MAX_SECTOR_SIZE if it
2624 ** is greater than MAX_SECTOR_SIZE.
2625 **
2626 ** If the file has the SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE property, then set
2627 ** the effective sector size to its minimum value (512).  The purpose of
2628 ** pPager->sectorSize is to define the "blast radius" of bytes that
2629 ** might change if a crash occurs while writing to a single byte in
2630 ** that range.  But with POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE, the blast radius is zero
2631 ** (that is what POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE means), so we minimize the sector
2632 ** size.  For backwards compatibility of the rollback journal file format,
2633 ** we cannot reduce the effective sector size below 512.
2634 */
2635 static void setSectorSize(Pager *pPager){
2636   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
2637 
2638   if( pPager->tempFile
2639    || (sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd) &
2640               SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE)!=0
2641   ){
2642     /* Sector size doesn't matter for temporary files. Also, the file
2643     ** may not have been opened yet, in which case the OsSectorSize()
2644     ** call will segfault. */
2645     pPager->sectorSize = 512;
2646   }else{
2647     pPager->sectorSize = sqlite3SectorSize(pPager->fd);
2648   }
2649 }
2650 
2651 /*
2652 ** Playback the journal and thus restore the database file to
2653 ** the state it was in before we started making changes.
2654 **
2655 ** The journal file format is as follows:
2656 **
2657 **  (1)  8 byte prefix.  A copy of aJournalMagic[].
2658 **  (2)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the number of valid page records
2659 **       in the journal.  If this value is 0xffffffff, then compute the
2660 **       number of page records from the journal size.
2661 **  (3)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the initial value for the
2662 **       sanity checksum.
2663 **  (4)  4 byte integer which is the number of pages to truncate the
2664 **       database to during a rollback.
2665 **  (5)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the sector size.  The header
2666 **       is this many bytes in size.
2667 **  (6)  4 byte big-endian integer which is the page size.
2668 **  (7)  zero padding out to the next sector size.
2669 **  (8)  Zero or more pages instances, each as follows:
2670 **        +  4 byte page number.
2671 **        +  pPager->pageSize bytes of data.
2672 **        +  4 byte checksum
2673 **
2674 ** When we speak of the journal header, we mean the first 7 items above.
2675 ** Each entry in the journal is an instance of the 8th item.
2676 **
2677 ** Call the value from the second bullet "nRec".  nRec is the number of
2678 ** valid page entries in the journal.  In most cases, you can compute the
2679 ** value of nRec from the size of the journal file.  But if a power
2680 ** failure occurred while the journal was being written, it could be the
2681 ** case that the size of the journal file had already been increased but
2682 ** the extra entries had not yet made it safely to disk.  In such a case,
2683 ** the value of nRec computed from the file size would be too large.  For
2684 ** that reason, we always use the nRec value in the header.
2685 **
2686 ** If the nRec value is 0xffffffff it means that nRec should be computed
2687 ** from the file size.  This value is used when the user selects the
2688 ** no-sync option for the journal.  A power failure could lead to corruption
2689 ** in this case.  But for things like temporary table (which will be
2690 ** deleted when the power is restored) we don't care.
2691 **
2692 ** If the file opened as the journal file is not a well-formed
2693 ** journal file then all pages up to the first corrupted page are rolled
2694 ** back (or no pages if the journal header is corrupted). The journal file
2695 ** is then deleted and SQLITE_OK returned, just as if no corruption had
2696 ** been encountered.
2697 **
2698 ** If an I/O or malloc() error occurs, the journal-file is not deleted
2699 ** and an error code is returned.
2700 **
2701 ** The isHot parameter indicates that we are trying to rollback a journal
2702 ** that might be a hot journal.  Or, it could be that the journal is
2703 ** preserved because of JOURNALMODE_PERSIST or JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE.
2704 ** If the journal really is hot, reset the pager cache prior rolling
2705 ** back any content.  If the journal is merely persistent, no reset is
2706 ** needed.
2707 */
2708 static int pager_playback(Pager *pPager, int isHot){
2709   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
2710   i64 szJ;                 /* Size of the journal file in bytes */
2711   u32 nRec;                /* Number of Records in the journal */
2712   u32 u;                   /* Unsigned loop counter */
2713   Pgno mxPg = 0;           /* Size of the original file in pages */
2714   int rc;                  /* Result code of a subroutine */
2715   int res = 1;             /* Value returned by sqlite3OsAccess() */
2716   char *zMaster = 0;       /* Name of master journal file if any */
2717   int needPagerReset;      /* True to reset page prior to first page rollback */
2718   int nPlayback = 0;       /* Total number of pages restored from journal */
2719 
2720   /* Figure out how many records are in the journal.  Abort early if
2721   ** the journal is empty.
2722   */
2723   assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
2724   rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &szJ);
2725   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2726     goto end_playback;
2727   }
2728 
2729   /* Read the master journal name from the journal, if it is present.
2730   ** If a master journal file name is specified, but the file is not
2731   ** present on disk, then the journal is not hot and does not need to be
2732   ** played back.
2733   **
2734   ** TODO: Technically the following is an error because it assumes that
2735   ** buffer Pager.pTmpSpace is (mxPathname+1) bytes or larger. i.e. that
2736   ** (pPager->pageSize >= pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1). Using os_unix.c,
2737   ** mxPathname is 512, which is the same as the minimum allowable value
2738   ** for pageSize.
2739   */
2740   zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2741   rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2742   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] ){
2743     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, zMaster, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &res);
2744   }
2745   zMaster = 0;
2746   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || !res ){
2747     goto end_playback;
2748   }
2749   pPager->journalOff = 0;
2750   needPagerReset = isHot;
2751 
2752   /* This loop terminates either when a readJournalHdr() or
2753   ** pager_playback_one_page() call returns SQLITE_DONE or an IO error
2754   ** occurs.
2755   */
2756   while( 1 ){
2757     /* Read the next journal header from the journal file.  If there are
2758     ** not enough bytes left in the journal file for a complete header, or
2759     ** it is corrupted, then a process must have failed while writing it.
2760     ** This indicates nothing more needs to be rolled back.
2761     */
2762     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, isHot, szJ, &nRec, &mxPg);
2763     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2764       if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2765         rc = SQLITE_OK;
2766       }
2767       goto end_playback;
2768     }
2769 
2770     /* If nRec is 0xffffffff, then this journal was created by a process
2771     ** working in no-sync mode. This means that the rest of the journal
2772     ** file consists of pages, there are no more journal headers. Compute
2773     ** the value of nRec based on this assumption.
2774     */
2775     if( nRec==0xffffffff ){
2776       assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) );
2777       nRec = (int)((szJ - JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager))/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2778     }
2779 
2780     /* If nRec is 0 and this rollback is of a transaction created by this
2781     ** process and if this is the final header in the journal, then it means
2782     ** that this part of the journal was being filled but has not yet been
2783     ** synced to disk.  Compute the number of pages based on the remaining
2784     ** size of the file.
2785     **
2786     ** The third term of the test was added to fix ticket #2565.
2787     ** When rolling back a hot journal, nRec==0 always means that the next
2788     ** chunk of the journal contains zero pages to be rolled back.  But
2789     ** when doing a ROLLBACK and the nRec==0 chunk is the last chunk in
2790     ** the journal, it means that the journal might contain additional
2791     ** pages that need to be rolled back and that the number of pages
2792     ** should be computed based on the journal file size.
2793     */
2794     if( nRec==0 && !isHot &&
2795         pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff ){
2796       nRec = (int)((szJ - pPager->journalOff) / JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
2797     }
2798 
2799     /* If this is the first header read from the journal, truncate the
2800     ** database file back to its original size.
2801     */
2802     if( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) ){
2803       rc = pager_truncate(pPager, mxPg);
2804       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
2805         goto end_playback;
2806       }
2807       pPager->dbSize = mxPg;
2808     }
2809 
2810     /* Copy original pages out of the journal and back into the
2811     ** database file and/or page cache.
2812     */
2813     for(u=0; u<nRec; u++){
2814       if( needPagerReset ){
2815         pager_reset(pPager);
2816         needPagerReset = 0;
2817       }
2818       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager,&pPager->journalOff,0,1,0);
2819       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2820         nPlayback++;
2821       }else{
2822         if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
2823           pPager->journalOff = szJ;
2824           break;
2825         }else if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2826           /* If the journal has been truncated, simply stop reading and
2827           ** processing the journal. This might happen if the journal was
2828           ** not completely written and synced prior to a crash.  In that
2829           ** case, the database should have never been written in the
2830           ** first place so it is OK to simply abandon the rollback. */
2831           rc = SQLITE_OK;
2832           goto end_playback;
2833         }else{
2834           /* If we are unable to rollback, quit and return the error
2835           ** code.  This will cause the pager to enter the error state
2836           ** so that no further harm will be done.  Perhaps the next
2837           ** process to come along will be able to rollback the database.
2838           */
2839           goto end_playback;
2840         }
2841       }
2842     }
2843   }
2844   /*NOTREACHED*/
2845   assert( 0 );
2846 
2847 end_playback:
2848   /* Following a rollback, the database file should be back in its original
2849   ** state prior to the start of the transaction, so invoke the
2850   ** SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED file-control method to disable the
2851   ** assertion that the transaction counter was modified.
2852   */
2853 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
2854   if( pPager->fd->pMethods ){
2855     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd,SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED,0);
2856   }
2857 #endif
2858 
2859   /* If this playback is happening automatically as a result of an IO or
2860   ** malloc error that occurred after the change-counter was updated but
2861   ** before the transaction was committed, then the change-counter
2862   ** modification may just have been reverted. If this happens in exclusive
2863   ** mode, then subsequent transactions performed by the connection will not
2864   ** update the change-counter at all. This may lead to cache inconsistency
2865   ** problems for other processes at some point in the future. So, just
2866   ** in case this has happened, clear the changeCountDone flag now.
2867   */
2868   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
2869 
2870   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2871     zMaster = pPager->pTmpSpace;
2872     rc = readMasterJournal(pPager->jfd, zMaster, pPager->pVfs->mxPathname+1);
2873     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2874   }
2875   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
2876    && (pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD || pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN)
2877   ){
2878     rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, 0);
2879   }
2880   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
2881     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, zMaster[0]!='\0', 0);
2882     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2883   }
2884   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && zMaster[0] && res ){
2885     /* If there was a master journal and this routine will return success,
2886     ** see if it is possible to delete the master journal.
2887     */
2888     rc = pager_delmaster(pPager, zMaster);
2889     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
2890   }
2891   if( isHot && nPlayback ){
2892     sqlite3_log(SQLITE_NOTICE_RECOVER_ROLLBACK, "recovered %d pages from %s",
2893                 nPlayback, pPager->zJournal);
2894   }
2895 
2896   /* The Pager.sectorSize variable may have been updated while rolling
2897   ** back a journal created by a process with a different sector size
2898   ** value. Reset it to the correct value for this process.
2899   */
2900   setSectorSize(pPager);
2901   return rc;
2902 }
2903 
2904 
2905 /*
2906 ** Read the content for page pPg out of the database file and into
2907 ** pPg->pData. A shared lock or greater must be held on the database
2908 ** file before this function is called.
2909 **
2910 ** If page 1 is read, then the value of Pager.dbFileVers[] is set to
2911 ** the value read from the database file.
2912 **
2913 ** If an IO error occurs, then the IO error is returned to the caller.
2914 ** Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
2915 */
2916 static int readDbPage(PgHdr *pPg, u32 iFrame){
2917   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* Pager object associated with page pPg */
2918   Pgno pgno = pPg->pgno;       /* Page number to read */
2919   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
2920   int pgsz = pPager->pageSize; /* Number of bytes to read */
2921 
2922   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && !MEMDB );
2923   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
2924 
2925 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2926   if( iFrame ){
2927     /* Try to pull the page from the write-ahead log. */
2928     rc = sqlite3WalReadFrame(pPager->pWal, iFrame, pgsz, pPg->pData);
2929   }else
2930 #endif
2931   {
2932     i64 iOffset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;
2933     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pPg->pData, pgsz, iOffset);
2934     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
2935       rc = SQLITE_OK;
2936     }
2937   }
2938 
2939   if( pgno==1 ){
2940     if( rc ){
2941       /* If the read is unsuccessful, set the dbFileVers[] to something
2942       ** that will never be a valid file version.  dbFileVers[] is a copy
2943       ** of bytes 24..39 of the database.  Bytes 28..31 should always be
2944       ** zero or the size of the database in page. Bytes 32..35 and 35..39
2945       ** should be page numbers which are never 0xffffffff.  So filling
2946       ** pPager->dbFileVers[] with all 0xff bytes should suffice.
2947       **
2948       ** For an encrypted database, the situation is more complex:  bytes
2949       ** 24..39 of the database are white noise.  But the probability of
2950       ** white noise equaling 16 bytes of 0xff is vanishingly small so
2951       ** we should still be ok.
2952       */
2953       memset(pPager->dbFileVers, 0xff, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2954     }else{
2955       u8 *dbFileVers = &((u8*)pPg->pData)[24];
2956       memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
2957     }
2958   }
2959   CODEC1(pPager, pPg->pData, pgno, 3, rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT);
2960 
2961   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_readdb_count);
2962   PAGER_INCR(pPager->nRead);
2963   IOTRACE(("PGIN %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
2964   PAGERTRACE(("FETCH %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
2965                PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pPg)));
2966 
2967   return rc;
2968 }
2969 
2970 /*
2971 ** Update the value of the change-counter at offsets 24 and 92 in
2972 ** the header and the sqlite version number at offset 96.
2973 **
2974 ** This is an unconditional update.  See also the pager_incr_changecounter()
2975 ** routine which only updates the change-counter if the update is actually
2976 ** needed, as determined by the pPager->changeCountDone state variable.
2977 */
2978 static void pager_write_changecounter(PgHdr *pPg){
2979   u32 change_counter;
2980 
2981   /* Increment the value just read and write it back to byte 24. */
2982   change_counter = sqlite3Get4byte((u8*)pPg->pPager->dbFileVers)+1;
2983   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+24, change_counter);
2984 
2985   /* Also store the SQLite version number in bytes 96..99 and in
2986   ** bytes 92..95 store the change counter for which the version number
2987   ** is valid. */
2988   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+92, change_counter);
2989   put32bits(((char*)pPg->pData)+96, SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER);
2990 }
2991 
2992 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
2993 /*
2994 ** This function is invoked once for each page that has already been
2995 ** written into the log file when a WAL transaction is rolled back.
2996 ** Parameter iPg is the page number of said page. The pCtx argument
2997 ** is actually a pointer to the Pager structure.
2998 **
2999 ** If page iPg is present in the cache, and has no outstanding references,
3000 ** it is discarded. Otherwise, if there are one or more outstanding
3001 ** references, the page content is reloaded from the database. If the
3002 ** attempt to reload content from the database is required and fails,
3003 ** return an SQLite error code. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
3004 */
3005 static int pagerUndoCallback(void *pCtx, Pgno iPg){
3006   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3007   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)pCtx;
3008   PgHdr *pPg;
3009 
3010   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3011   pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, iPg);
3012   if( pPg ){
3013     if( sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPg)==1 ){
3014       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
3015     }else{
3016       u32 iFrame = 0;
3017       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pPg->pgno, &iFrame);
3018       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3019         rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
3020       }
3021       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3022         pPager->xReiniter(pPg);
3023       }
3024       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
3025     }
3026   }
3027 
3028   /* Normally, if a transaction is rolled back, any backup processes are
3029   ** updated as data is copied out of the rollback journal and into the
3030   ** database. This is not generally possible with a WAL database, as
3031   ** rollback involves simply truncating the log file. Therefore, if one
3032   ** or more frames have already been written to the log (and therefore
3033   ** also copied into the backup databases) as part of this transaction,
3034   ** the backups must be restarted.
3035   */
3036   sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
3037 
3038   return rc;
3039 }
3040 
3041 /*
3042 ** This function is called to rollback a transaction on a WAL database.
3043 */
3044 static int pagerRollbackWal(Pager *pPager){
3045   int rc;                         /* Return Code */
3046   PgHdr *pList;                   /* List of dirty pages to revert */
3047 
3048   /* For all pages in the cache that are currently dirty or have already
3049   ** been written (but not committed) to the log file, do one of the
3050   ** following:
3051   **
3052   **   + Discard the cached page (if refcount==0), or
3053   **   + Reload page content from the database (if refcount>0).
3054   */
3055   pPager->dbSize = pPager->dbOrigSize;
3056   rc = sqlite3WalUndo(pPager->pWal, pagerUndoCallback, (void *)pPager);
3057   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3058   while( pList && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3059     PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
3060     rc = pagerUndoCallback((void *)pPager, pList->pgno);
3061     pList = pNext;
3062   }
3063 
3064   return rc;
3065 }
3066 
3067 /*
3068 ** This function is a wrapper around sqlite3WalFrames(). As well as logging
3069 ** the contents of the list of pages headed by pList (connected by pDirty),
3070 ** this function notifies any active backup processes that the pages have
3071 ** changed.
3072 **
3073 ** The list of pages passed into this routine is always sorted by page number.
3074 ** Hence, if page 1 appears anywhere on the list, it will be the first page.
3075 */
3076 static int pagerWalFrames(
3077   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3078   PgHdr *pList,                   /* List of frames to log */
3079   Pgno nTruncate,                 /* Database size after this commit */
3080   int isCommit                    /* True if this is a commit */
3081 ){
3082   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3083   int nList;                      /* Number of pages in pList */
3084   PgHdr *p;                       /* For looping over pages */
3085 
3086   assert( pPager->pWal );
3087   assert( pList );
3088 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
3089   /* Verify that the page list is in accending order */
3090   for(p=pList; p && p->pDirty; p=p->pDirty){
3091     assert( p->pgno < p->pDirty->pgno );
3092   }
3093 #endif
3094 
3095   assert( pList->pDirty==0 || isCommit );
3096   if( isCommit ){
3097     /* If a WAL transaction is being committed, there is no point in writing
3098     ** any pages with page numbers greater than nTruncate into the WAL file.
3099     ** They will never be read by any client. So remove them from the pDirty
3100     ** list here. */
3101     PgHdr **ppNext = &pList;
3102     nList = 0;
3103     for(p=pList; (*ppNext = p)!=0; p=p->pDirty){
3104       if( p->pgno<=nTruncate ){
3105         ppNext = &p->pDirty;
3106         nList++;
3107       }
3108     }
3109     assert( pList );
3110   }else{
3111     nList = 1;
3112   }
3113   pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE] += nList;
3114 
3115   if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
3116   rc = sqlite3WalFrames(pPager->pWal,
3117       pPager->pageSize, pList, nTruncate, isCommit, pPager->walSyncFlags
3118   );
3119   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pBackup ){
3120     for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3121       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, p->pgno, (u8 *)p->pData);
3122     }
3123   }
3124 
3125 #ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
3126   pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
3127   for(p=pList; p; p=p->pDirty){
3128     pager_set_pagehash(p);
3129   }
3130 #endif
3131 
3132   return rc;
3133 }
3134 
3135 /*
3136 ** Begin a read transaction on the WAL.
3137 **
3138 ** This routine used to be called "pagerOpenSnapshot()" because it essentially
3139 ** makes a snapshot of the database at the current point in time and preserves
3140 ** that snapshot for use by the reader in spite of concurrently changes by
3141 ** other writers or checkpointers.
3142 */
3143 static int pagerBeginReadTransaction(Pager *pPager){
3144   int rc;                         /* Return code */
3145   int changed = 0;                /* True if cache must be reset */
3146 
3147   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3148   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
3149 
3150   /* sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction() was not called for the previous
3151   ** transaction in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE.  So call it now.  If we
3152   ** are in locking_mode=NORMAL and EndRead() was previously called,
3153   ** the duplicate call is harmless.
3154   */
3155   sqlite3WalEndReadTransaction(pPager->pWal);
3156 
3157   rc = sqlite3WalBeginReadTransaction(pPager->pWal, &changed);
3158   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || changed ){
3159     pager_reset(pPager);
3160     if( USEFETCH(pPager) ) sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
3161   }
3162 
3163   return rc;
3164 }
3165 #endif
3166 
3167 /*
3168 ** This function is called as part of the transition from PAGER_OPEN
3169 ** to PAGER_READER state to determine the size of the database file
3170 ** in pages (assuming the page size currently stored in Pager.pageSize).
3171 **
3172 ** If no error occurs, SQLITE_OK is returned and the size of the database
3173 ** in pages is stored in *pnPage. Otherwise, an error code (perhaps
3174 ** SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT) is returned and *pnPage is left unmodified.
3175 */
3176 static int pagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, Pgno *pnPage){
3177   Pgno nPage;                     /* Value to return via *pnPage */
3178 
3179   /* Query the WAL sub-system for the database size. The WalDbsize()
3180   ** function returns zero if the WAL is not open (i.e. Pager.pWal==0), or
3181   ** if the database size is not available. The database size is not
3182   ** available from the WAL sub-system if the log file is empty or
3183   ** contains no valid committed transactions.
3184   */
3185   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3186   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3187   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
3188   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
3189   nPage = sqlite3WalDbsize(pPager->pWal);
3190 
3191   /* If the number of pages in the database is not available from the
3192   ** WAL sub-system, determine the page counte based on the size of
3193   ** the database file.  If the size of the database file is not an
3194   ** integer multiple of the page-size, round up the result.
3195   */
3196   if( nPage==0 && ALWAYS(isOpen(pPager->fd)) ){
3197     i64 n = 0;                    /* Size of db file in bytes */
3198     int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &n);
3199     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
3200       return rc;
3201     }
3202     nPage = (Pgno)((n+pPager->pageSize-1) / pPager->pageSize);
3203   }
3204 
3205   /* If the current number of pages in the file is greater than the
3206   ** configured maximum pager number, increase the allowed limit so
3207   ** that the file can be read.
3208   */
3209   if( nPage>pPager->mxPgno ){
3210     pPager->mxPgno = (Pgno)nPage;
3211   }
3212 
3213   *pnPage = nPage;
3214   return SQLITE_OK;
3215 }
3216 
3217 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
3218 /*
3219 ** Check if the *-wal file that corresponds to the database opened by pPager
3220 ** exists if the database is not empy, or verify that the *-wal file does
3221 ** not exist (by deleting it) if the database file is empty.
3222 **
3223 ** If the database is not empty and the *-wal file exists, open the pager
3224 ** in WAL mode.  If the database is empty or if no *-wal file exists and
3225 ** if no error occurs, make sure Pager.journalMode is not set to
3226 ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL.
3227 **
3228 ** Return SQLITE_OK or an error code.
3229 **
3230 ** The caller must hold a SHARED lock on the database file to call this
3231 ** function. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db file is required to delete
3232 ** a WAL on a none-empty database, this ensures there is no race condition
3233 ** between the xAccess() below and an xDelete() being executed by some
3234 ** other connection.
3235 */
3236 static int pagerOpenWalIfPresent(Pager *pPager){
3237   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3238   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
3239   assert( pPager->eLock>=SHARED_LOCK );
3240 
3241   if( !pPager->tempFile ){
3242     int isWal;                    /* True if WAL file exists */
3243     Pgno nPage;                   /* Size of the database file */
3244 
3245     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
3246     if( rc ) return rc;
3247     if( nPage==0 ){
3248       rc = sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, 0);
3249       if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_DELETE_NOENT ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
3250       isWal = 0;
3251     }else{
3252       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
3253           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &isWal
3254       );
3255     }
3256     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3257       if( isWal ){
3258         testcase( sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
3259         rc = sqlite3PagerOpenWal(pPager, 0);
3260       }else if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL ){
3261         pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE;
3262       }
3263     }
3264   }
3265   return rc;
3266 }
3267 #endif
3268 
3269 /*
3270 ** Playback savepoint pSavepoint. Or, if pSavepoint==NULL, then playback
3271 ** the entire master journal file. The case pSavepoint==NULL occurs when
3272 ** a ROLLBACK TO command is invoked on a SAVEPOINT that is a transaction
3273 ** savepoint.
3274 **
3275 ** When pSavepoint is not NULL (meaning a non-transaction savepoint is
3276 ** being rolled back), then the rollback consists of up to three stages,
3277 ** performed in the order specified:
3278 **
3279 **   * Pages are played back from the main journal starting at byte
3280 **     offset PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to
3281 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset, or to the end of the main journal
3282 **     file if PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is zero.
3283 **
3284 **   * If PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset is not zero, then pages are played
3285 **     back starting from the journal header immediately following
3286 **     PagerSavepoint.iHdrOffset to the end of the main journal file.
3287 **
3288 **   * Pages are then played back from the sub-journal file, starting
3289 **     with the PagerSavepoint.iSubRec and continuing to the end of
3290 **     the journal file.
3291 **
3292 ** Throughout the rollback process, each time a page is rolled back, the
3293 ** corresponding bit is set in a bitvec structure (variable pDone in the
3294 ** implementation below). This is used to ensure that a page is only
3295 ** rolled back the first time it is encountered in either journal.
3296 **
3297 ** If pSavepoint is NULL, then pages are only played back from the main
3298 ** journal file. There is no need for a bitvec in this case.
3299 **
3300 ** In either case, before playback commences the Pager.dbSize variable
3301 ** is reset to the value that it held at the start of the savepoint
3302 ** (or transaction). No page with a page-number greater than this value
3303 ** is played back. If one is encountered it is simply skipped.
3304 */
3305 static int pagerPlaybackSavepoint(Pager *pPager, PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint){
3306   i64 szJ;                 /* Effective size of the main journal */
3307   i64 iHdrOff;             /* End of first segment of main-journal records */
3308   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
3309   Bitvec *pDone = 0;       /* Bitvec to ensure pages played back only once */
3310 
3311   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
3312   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
3313 
3314   /* Allocate a bitvec to use to store the set of pages rolled back */
3315   if( pSavepoint ){
3316     pDone = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pSavepoint->nOrig);
3317     if( !pDone ){
3318       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3319     }
3320   }
3321 
3322   /* Set the database size back to the value it was before the savepoint
3323   ** being reverted was opened.
3324   */
3325   pPager->dbSize = pSavepoint ? pSavepoint->nOrig : pPager->dbOrigSize;
3326   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
3327 
3328   if( !pSavepoint && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3329     return pagerRollbackWal(pPager);
3330   }
3331 
3332   /* Use pPager->journalOff as the effective size of the main rollback
3333   ** journal.  The actual file might be larger than this in
3334   ** PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE or PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST.  But anything
3335   ** past pPager->journalOff is off-limits to us.
3336   */
3337   szJ = pPager->journalOff;
3338   assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 || szJ==0 );
3339 
3340   /* Begin by rolling back records from the main journal starting at
3341   ** PagerSavepoint.iOffset and continuing to the next journal header.
3342   ** There might be records in the main journal that have a page number
3343   ** greater than the current database size (pPager->dbSize) but those
3344   ** will be skipped automatically.  Pages are added to pDone as they
3345   ** are played back.
3346   */
3347   if( pSavepoint && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3348     iHdrOff = pSavepoint->iHdrOffset ? pSavepoint->iHdrOffset : szJ;
3349     pPager->journalOff = pSavepoint->iOffset;
3350     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<iHdrOff ){
3351       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3352     }
3353     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3354   }else{
3355     pPager->journalOff = 0;
3356   }
3357 
3358   /* Continue rolling back records out of the main journal starting at
3359   ** the first journal header seen and continuing until the effective end
3360   ** of the main journal file.  Continue to skip out-of-range pages and
3361   ** continue adding pages rolled back to pDone.
3362   */
3363   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->journalOff<szJ ){
3364     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3365     u32 nJRec = 0;     /* Number of Journal Records */
3366     u32 dummy;
3367     rc = readJournalHdr(pPager, 0, szJ, &nJRec, &dummy);
3368     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3369 
3370     /*
3371     ** The "pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff"
3372     ** test is related to ticket #2565.  See the discussion in the
3373     ** pager_playback() function for additional information.
3374     */
3375     if( nJRec==0
3376      && pPager->journalHdr+JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager)==pPager->journalOff
3377     ){
3378       nJRec = (u32)((szJ - pPager->journalOff)/JOURNAL_PG_SZ(pPager));
3379     }
3380     for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<nJRec && pPager->journalOff<szJ; ii++){
3381       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &pPager->journalOff, pDone, 1, 1);
3382     }
3383     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3384   }
3385   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->journalOff>=szJ );
3386 
3387   /* Finally,  rollback pages from the sub-journal.  Page that were
3388   ** previously rolled back out of the main journal (and are hence in pDone)
3389   ** will be skipped.  Out-of-range pages are also skipped.
3390   */
3391   if( pSavepoint ){
3392     u32 ii;            /* Loop counter */
3393     i64 offset = (i64)pSavepoint->iSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
3394 
3395     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
3396       rc = sqlite3WalSavepointUndo(pPager->pWal, pSavepoint->aWalData);
3397     }
3398     for(ii=pSavepoint->iSubRec; rc==SQLITE_OK && ii<pPager->nSubRec; ii++){
3399       assert( offset==(i64)ii*(4+pPager->pageSize) );
3400       rc = pager_playback_one_page(pPager, &offset, pDone, 0, 1);
3401     }
3402     assert( rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
3403   }
3404 
3405   sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pDone);
3406   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3407     pPager->journalOff = szJ;
3408   }
3409 
3410   return rc;
3411 }
3412 
3413 /*
3414 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3415 ** before attempting to recycle clean and unused pages.
3416 */
3417 void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3418   sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3419 }
3420 
3421 /*
3422 ** Change the maximum number of in-memory pages that are allowed
3423 ** before attempting to spill pages to journal.
3424 */
3425 int sqlite3PagerSetSpillsize(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3426   return sqlite3PcacheSetSpillsize(pPager->pPCache, mxPage);
3427 }
3428 
3429 /*
3430 ** Invoke SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE based on the current value of szMmap.
3431 */
3432 static void pagerFixMaplimit(Pager *pPager){
3433 #if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
3434   sqlite3_file *fd = pPager->fd;
3435   if( isOpen(fd) && fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 ){
3436     sqlite3_int64 sz;
3437     sz = pPager->szMmap;
3438     pPager->bUseFetch = (sz>0);
3439     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE, &sz);
3440   }
3441 #endif
3442 }
3443 
3444 /*
3445 ** Change the maximum size of any memory mapping made of the database file.
3446 */
3447 void sqlite3PagerSetMmapLimit(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_int64 szMmap){
3448   pPager->szMmap = szMmap;
3449   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3450 }
3451 
3452 /*
3453 ** Free as much memory as possible from the pager.
3454 */
3455 void sqlite3PagerShrink(Pager *pPager){
3456   sqlite3PcacheShrink(pPager->pPCache);
3457 }
3458 
3459 /*
3460 ** Adjust settings of the pager to those specified in the pgFlags parameter.
3461 **
3462 ** The "level" in pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK sets the robustness
3463 ** of the database to damage due to OS crashes or power failures by
3464 ** changing the number of syncs()s when writing the journals.
3465 ** There are four levels:
3466 **
3467 **    OFF       sqlite3OsSync() is never called.  This is the default
3468 **              for temporary and transient files.
3469 **
3470 **    NORMAL    The journal is synced once before writes begin on the
3471 **              database.  This is normally adequate protection, but
3472 **              it is theoretically possible, though very unlikely,
3473 **              that an inopertune power failure could leave the journal
3474 **              in a state which would cause damage to the database
3475 **              when it is rolled back.
3476 **
3477 **    FULL      The journal is synced twice before writes begin on the
3478 **              database (with some additional information - the nRec field
3479 **              of the journal header - being written in between the two
3480 **              syncs).  If we assume that writing a
3481 **              single disk sector is atomic, then this mode provides
3482 **              assurance that the journal will not be corrupted to the
3483 **              point of causing damage to the database during rollback.
3484 **
3485 **    EXTRA     This is like FULL except that is also syncs the directory
3486 **              that contains the rollback journal after the rollback
3487 **              journal is unlinked.
3488 **
3489 ** The above is for a rollback-journal mode.  For WAL mode, OFF continues
3490 ** to mean that no syncs ever occur.  NORMAL means that the WAL is synced
3491 ** prior to the start of checkpoint and that the database file is synced
3492 ** at the conclusion of the checkpoint if the entire content of the WAL
3493 ** was written back into the database.  But no sync operations occur for
3494 ** an ordinary commit in NORMAL mode with WAL.  FULL means that the WAL
3495 ** file is synced following each commit operation, in addition to the
3496 ** syncs associated with NORMAL.  There is no difference between FULL
3497 ** and EXTRA for WAL mode.
3498 **
3499 ** Do not confuse synchronous=FULL with SQLITE_SYNC_FULL.  The
3500 ** SQLITE_SYNC_FULL macro means to use the MacOSX-style full-fsync
3501 ** using fcntl(F_FULLFSYNC).  SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL means to do an
3502 ** ordinary fsync() call.  There is no difference between SQLITE_SYNC_FULL
3503 ** and SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL on platforms other than MacOSX.  But the
3504 ** synchronous=FULL versus synchronous=NORMAL setting determines when
3505 ** the xSync primitive is called and is relevant to all platforms.
3506 **
3507 ** Numeric values associated with these states are OFF==1, NORMAL=2,
3508 ** and FULL=3.
3509 */
3510 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS
3511 void sqlite3PagerSetFlags(
3512   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager to set safety level for */
3513   unsigned pgFlags      /* Various flags */
3514 ){
3515   unsigned level = pgFlags & PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_MASK;
3516   if( pPager->tempFile ){
3517     pPager->noSync = 1;
3518     pPager->fullSync = 0;
3519     pPager->extraSync = 0;
3520   }else{
3521     pPager->noSync =  level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_OFF ?1:0;
3522     pPager->fullSync = level>=PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_FULL ?1:0;
3523     pPager->extraSync = level==PAGER_SYNCHRONOUS_EXTRA ?1:0;
3524   }
3525   if( pPager->noSync ){
3526     pPager->syncFlags = 0;
3527     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = 0;
3528   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_FULLFSYNC ){
3529     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3530     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3531   }else if( pgFlags & PAGER_CKPT_FULLFSYNC ){
3532     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3533     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_FULL;
3534   }else{
3535     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3536     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
3537   }
3538   pPager->walSyncFlags = pPager->syncFlags;
3539   if( pPager->fullSync ){
3540     pPager->walSyncFlags |= WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
3541   }
3542   if( pgFlags & PAGER_CACHESPILL ){
3543     pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3544   }else{
3545     pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_OFF;
3546   }
3547 }
3548 #endif
3549 
3550 /*
3551 ** The following global variable is incremented whenever the library
3552 ** attempts to open a temporary file.  This information is used for
3553 ** testing and analysis only.
3554 */
3555 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3556 int sqlite3_opentemp_count = 0;
3557 #endif
3558 
3559 /*
3560 ** Open a temporary file.
3561 **
3562 ** Write the file descriptor into *pFile. Return SQLITE_OK on success
3563 ** or some other error code if we fail. The OS will automatically
3564 ** delete the temporary file when it is closed.
3565 **
3566 ** The flags passed to the VFS layer xOpen() call are those specified
3567 ** by parameter vfsFlags ORed with the following:
3568 **
3569 **     SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
3570 **     SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE
3571 **     SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
3572 **     SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE
3573 */
3574 static int pagerOpentemp(
3575   Pager *pPager,        /* The pager object */
3576   sqlite3_file *pFile,  /* Write the file descriptor here */
3577   int vfsFlags          /* Flags passed through to the VFS */
3578 ){
3579   int rc;               /* Return code */
3580 
3581 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3582   sqlite3_opentemp_count++;  /* Used for testing and analysis only */
3583 #endif
3584 
3585   vfsFlags |=  SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE |
3586             SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
3587   rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pFile, vfsFlags, 0);
3588   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pFile) );
3589   return rc;
3590 }
3591 
3592 /*
3593 ** Set the busy handler function.
3594 **
3595 ** The pager invokes the busy-handler if sqlite3OsLock() returns
3596 ** SQLITE_BUSY when trying to upgrade from no-lock to a SHARED lock,
3597 ** or when trying to upgrade from a RESERVED lock to an EXCLUSIVE
3598 ** lock. It does *not* invoke the busy handler when upgrading from
3599 ** SHARED to RESERVED, or when upgrading from SHARED to EXCLUSIVE
3600 ** (which occurs during hot-journal rollback). Summary:
3601 **
3602 **   Transition                        | Invokes xBusyHandler
3603 **   --------------------------------------------------------
3604 **   NO_LOCK       -> SHARED_LOCK      | Yes
3605 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> RESERVED_LOCK    | No
3606 **   SHARED_LOCK   -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | No
3607 **   RESERVED_LOCK -> EXCLUSIVE_LOCK   | Yes
3608 **
3609 ** If the busy-handler callback returns non-zero, the lock is
3610 ** retried. If it returns zero, then the SQLITE_BUSY error is
3611 ** returned to the caller of the pager API function.
3612 */
3613 void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(
3614   Pager *pPager,                       /* Pager object */
3615   int (*xBusyHandler)(void *),         /* Pointer to busy-handler function */
3616   void *pBusyHandlerArg                /* Argument to pass to xBusyHandler */
3617 ){
3618   pPager->xBusyHandler = xBusyHandler;
3619   pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = pBusyHandlerArg;
3620 
3621   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3622     void **ap = (void **)&pPager->xBusyHandler;
3623     assert( ((int(*)(void *))(ap[0]))==xBusyHandler );
3624     assert( ap[1]==pBusyHandlerArg );
3625     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_BUSYHANDLER, (void *)ap);
3626   }
3627 }
3628 
3629 /*
3630 ** Change the page size used by the Pager object. The new page size
3631 ** is passed in *pPageSize.
3632 **
3633 ** If the pager is in the error state when this function is called, it
3634 ** is a no-op. The value returned is the error state error code (i.e.
3635 ** one of SQLITE_IOERR, an SQLITE_IOERR_xxx sub-code or SQLITE_FULL).
3636 **
3637 ** Otherwise, if all of the following are true:
3638 **
3639 **   * the new page size (value of *pPageSize) is valid (a power
3640 **     of two between 512 and SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE, inclusive), and
3641 **
3642 **   * there are no outstanding page references, and
3643 **
3644 **   * the database is either not an in-memory database or it is
3645 **     an in-memory database that currently consists of zero pages.
3646 **
3647 ** then the pager object page size is set to *pPageSize.
3648 **
3649 ** If the page size is changed, then this function uses sqlite3PagerMalloc()
3650 ** to obtain a new Pager.pTmpSpace buffer. If this allocation attempt
3651 ** fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned and the page size remains unchanged.
3652 ** In all other cases, SQLITE_OK is returned.
3653 **
3654 ** If the page size is not changed, either because one of the enumerated
3655 ** conditions above is not true, the pager was in error state when this
3656 ** function was called, or because the memory allocation attempt failed,
3657 ** then *pPageSize is set to the old, retained page size before returning.
3658 */
3659 int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager *pPager, u32 *pPageSize, int nReserve){
3660   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3661 
3662   /* It is not possible to do a full assert_pager_state() here, as this
3663   ** function may be called from within PagerOpen(), before the state
3664   ** of the Pager object is internally consistent.
3665   **
3666   ** At one point this function returned an error if the pager was in
3667   ** PAGER_ERROR state. But since PAGER_ERROR state guarantees that
3668   ** there is at least one outstanding page reference, this function
3669   ** is a no-op for that case anyhow.
3670   */
3671 
3672   u32 pageSize = *pPageSize;
3673   assert( pageSize==0 || (pageSize>=512 && pageSize<=SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE) );
3674   if( (pPager->memDb==0 || pPager->dbSize==0)
3675    && sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0
3676    && pageSize && pageSize!=(u32)pPager->pageSize
3677   ){
3678     char *pNew = NULL;             /* New temp space */
3679     i64 nByte = 0;
3680 
3681     if( pPager->eState>PAGER_OPEN && isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3682       rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->fd, &nByte);
3683     }
3684     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3685       pNew = (char *)sqlite3PageMalloc(pageSize);
3686       if( !pNew ) rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3687     }
3688 
3689     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3690       pager_reset(pPager);
3691       rc = sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(pPager->pPCache, pageSize);
3692     }
3693     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3694       sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
3695       pPager->pTmpSpace = pNew;
3696       pPager->dbSize = (Pgno)((nByte+pageSize-1)/pageSize);
3697       pPager->pageSize = pageSize;
3698     }else{
3699       sqlite3PageFree(pNew);
3700     }
3701   }
3702 
3703   *pPageSize = pPager->pageSize;
3704   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3705     if( nReserve<0 ) nReserve = pPager->nReserve;
3706     assert( nReserve>=0 && nReserve<1000 );
3707     pPager->nReserve = (i16)nReserve;
3708     pagerReportSize(pPager);
3709     pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
3710   }
3711   return rc;
3712 }
3713 
3714 /*
3715 ** Return a pointer to the "temporary page" buffer held internally
3716 ** by the pager.  This is a buffer that is big enough to hold the
3717 ** entire content of a database page.  This buffer is used internally
3718 ** during rollback and will be overwritten whenever a rollback
3719 ** occurs.  But other modules are free to use it too, as long as
3720 ** no rollbacks are happening.
3721 */
3722 void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager *pPager){
3723   return pPager->pTmpSpace;
3724 }
3725 
3726 /*
3727 ** Attempt to set the maximum database page count if mxPage is positive.
3728 ** Make no changes if mxPage is zero or negative.  And never reduce the
3729 ** maximum page count below the current size of the database.
3730 **
3731 ** Regardless of mxPage, return the current maximum page count.
3732 */
3733 int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager *pPager, int mxPage){
3734   if( mxPage>0 ){
3735     pPager->mxPgno = mxPage;
3736   }
3737   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_OPEN );      /* Called only by OP_MaxPgcnt */
3738   assert( pPager->mxPgno>=pPager->dbSize );  /* OP_MaxPgcnt enforces this */
3739   return pPager->mxPgno;
3740 }
3741 
3742 /*
3743 ** The following set of routines are used to disable the simulated
3744 ** I/O error mechanism.  These routines are used to avoid simulated
3745 ** errors in places where we do not care about errors.
3746 **
3747 ** Unless -DSQLITE_TEST=1 is used, these routines are all no-ops
3748 ** and generate no code.
3749 */
3750 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
3751 extern int sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3752 extern int sqlite3_io_error_hit;
3753 static int saved_cnt;
3754 void disable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3755   saved_cnt = sqlite3_io_error_pending;
3756   sqlite3_io_error_pending = -1;
3757 }
3758 void enable_simulated_io_errors(void){
3759   sqlite3_io_error_pending = saved_cnt;
3760 }
3761 #else
3762 # define disable_simulated_io_errors()
3763 # define enable_simulated_io_errors()
3764 #endif
3765 
3766 /*
3767 ** Read the first N bytes from the beginning of the file into memory
3768 ** that pDest points to.
3769 **
3770 ** If the pager was opened on a transient file (zFilename==""), or
3771 ** opened on a file less than N bytes in size, the output buffer is
3772 ** zeroed and SQLITE_OK returned. The rationale for this is that this
3773 ** function is used to read database headers, and a new transient or
3774 ** zero sized database has a header than consists entirely of zeroes.
3775 **
3776 ** If any IO error apart from SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ is encountered,
3777 ** the error code is returned to the caller and the contents of the
3778 ** output buffer undefined.
3779 */
3780 int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager *pPager, int N, unsigned char *pDest){
3781   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3782   memset(pDest, 0, N);
3783   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
3784 
3785   /* This routine is only called by btree immediately after creating
3786   ** the Pager object.  There has not been an opportunity to transition
3787   ** to WAL mode yet.
3788   */
3789   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
3790 
3791   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
3792     IOTRACE(("DBHDR %p 0 %d\n", pPager, N))
3793     rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, pDest, N, 0);
3794     if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
3795       rc = SQLITE_OK;
3796     }
3797   }
3798   return rc;
3799 }
3800 
3801 /*
3802 ** This function may only be called when a read-transaction is open on
3803 ** the pager. It returns the total number of pages in the database.
3804 **
3805 ** However, if the file is between 1 and <page-size> bytes in size, then
3806 ** this is considered a 1 page file.
3807 */
3808 void sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager *pPager, int *pnPage){
3809   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
3810   assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED );
3811   *pnPage = (int)pPager->dbSize;
3812 }
3813 
3814 
3815 /*
3816 ** Try to obtain a lock of type locktype on the database file. If
3817 ** a similar or greater lock is already held, this function is a no-op
3818 ** (returning SQLITE_OK immediately).
3819 **
3820 ** Otherwise, attempt to obtain the lock using sqlite3OsLock(). Invoke
3821 ** the busy callback if the lock is currently not available. Repeat
3822 ** until the busy callback returns false or until the attempt to
3823 ** obtain the lock succeeds.
3824 **
3825 ** Return SQLITE_OK on success and an error code if we cannot obtain
3826 ** the lock. If the lock is obtained successfully, set the Pager.state
3827 ** variable to locktype before returning.
3828 */
3829 static int pager_wait_on_lock(Pager *pPager, int locktype){
3830   int rc;                              /* Return code */
3831 
3832   /* Check that this is either a no-op (because the requested lock is
3833   ** already held), or one of the transitions that the busy-handler
3834   ** may be invoked during, according to the comment above
3835   ** sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler().
3836   */
3837   assert( (pPager->eLock>=locktype)
3838        || (pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK && locktype==SHARED_LOCK)
3839        || (pPager->eLock==RESERVED_LOCK && locktype==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK)
3840   );
3841 
3842   do {
3843     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, locktype);
3844   }while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && pPager->xBusyHandler(pPager->pBusyHandlerArg) );
3845   return rc;
3846 }
3847 
3848 /*
3849 ** Function assertTruncateConstraint(pPager) checks that one of the
3850 ** following is true for all dirty pages currently in the page-cache:
3851 **
3852 **   a) The page number is less than or equal to the size of the
3853 **      current database image, in pages, OR
3854 **
3855 **   b) if the page content were written at this time, it would not
3856 **      be necessary to write the current content out to the sub-journal
3857 **      (as determined by function subjRequiresPage()).
3858 **
3859 ** If the condition asserted by this function were not true, and the
3860 ** dirty page were to be discarded from the cache via the pagerStress()
3861 ** routine, pagerStress() would not write the current page content to
3862 ** the database file. If a savepoint transaction were rolled back after
3863 ** this happened, the correct behavior would be to restore the current
3864 ** content of the page. However, since this content is not present in either
3865 ** the database file or the portion of the rollback journal and
3866 ** sub-journal rolled back the content could not be restored and the
3867 ** database image would become corrupt. It is therefore fortunate that
3868 ** this circumstance cannot arise.
3869 */
3870 #if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
3871 static void assertTruncateConstraintCb(PgHdr *pPg){
3872   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
3873   assert( !subjRequiresPage(pPg) || pPg->pgno<=pPg->pPager->dbSize );
3874 }
3875 static void assertTruncateConstraint(Pager *pPager){
3876   sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(pPager->pPCache, assertTruncateConstraintCb);
3877 }
3878 #else
3879 # define assertTruncateConstraint(pPager)
3880 #endif
3881 
3882 /*
3883 ** Truncate the in-memory database file image to nPage pages. This
3884 ** function does not actually modify the database file on disk. It
3885 ** just sets the internal state of the pager object so that the
3886 ** truncation will be done when the current transaction is committed.
3887 **
3888 ** This function is only called right before committing a transaction.
3889 ** Once this function has been called, the transaction must either be
3890 ** rolled back or committed. It is not safe to call this function and
3891 ** then continue writing to the database.
3892 */
3893 void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager *pPager, Pgno nPage){
3894   assert( pPager->dbSize>=nPage );
3895   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
3896   pPager->dbSize = nPage;
3897 
3898   /* At one point the code here called assertTruncateConstraint() to
3899   ** ensure that all pages being truncated away by this operation are,
3900   ** if one or more savepoints are open, present in the savepoint
3901   ** journal so that they can be restored if the savepoint is rolled
3902   ** back. This is no longer necessary as this function is now only
3903   ** called right before committing a transaction. So although the
3904   ** Pager object may still have open savepoints (Pager.nSavepoint!=0),
3905   ** they cannot be rolled back. So the assertTruncateConstraint() call
3906   ** is no longer correct. */
3907 }
3908 
3909 
3910 /*
3911 ** This function is called before attempting a hot-journal rollback. It
3912 ** syncs the journal file to disk, then sets pPager->journalHdr to the
3913 ** size of the journal file so that the pager_playback() routine knows
3914 ** that the entire journal file has been synced.
3915 **
3916 ** Syncing a hot-journal to disk before attempting to roll it back ensures
3917 ** that if a power-failure occurs during the rollback, the process that
3918 ** attempts rollback following system recovery sees the same journal
3919 ** content as this process.
3920 **
3921 ** If everything goes as planned, SQLITE_OK is returned. Otherwise,
3922 ** an SQLite error code.
3923 */
3924 static int pagerSyncHotJournal(Pager *pPager){
3925   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
3926   if( !pPager->noSync ){
3927     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL);
3928   }
3929   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
3930     rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pPager->jfd, &pPager->journalHdr);
3931   }
3932   return rc;
3933 }
3934 
3935 /*
3936 ** Obtain a reference to a memory mapped page object for page number pgno.
3937 ** The new object will use the pointer pData, obtained from xFetch().
3938 ** If successful, set *ppPage to point to the new page reference
3939 ** and return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, return an SQLite error code and set
3940 ** *ppPage to zero.
3941 **
3942 ** Page references obtained by calling this function should be released
3943 ** by calling pagerReleaseMapPage().
3944 */
3945 static int pagerAcquireMapPage(
3946   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
3947   Pgno pgno,                      /* Page number */
3948   void *pData,                    /* xFetch()'d data for this page */
3949   PgHdr **ppPage                  /* OUT: Acquired page object */
3950 ){
3951   PgHdr *p;                       /* Memory mapped page to return */
3952 
3953   if( pPager->pMmapFreelist ){
3954     *ppPage = p = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3955     pPager->pMmapFreelist = p->pDirty;
3956     p->pDirty = 0;
3957     memset(p->pExtra, 0, pPager->nExtra);
3958   }else{
3959     *ppPage = p = (PgHdr *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(PgHdr) + pPager->nExtra);
3960     if( p==0 ){
3961       sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pData);
3962       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
3963     }
3964     p->pExtra = (void *)&p[1];
3965     p->flags = PGHDR_MMAP;
3966     p->nRef = 1;
3967     p->pPager = pPager;
3968   }
3969 
3970   assert( p->pExtra==(void *)&p[1] );
3971   assert( p->pPage==0 );
3972   assert( p->flags==PGHDR_MMAP );
3973   assert( p->pPager==pPager );
3974   assert( p->nRef==1 );
3975 
3976   p->pgno = pgno;
3977   p->pData = pData;
3978   pPager->nMmapOut++;
3979 
3980   return SQLITE_OK;
3981 }
3982 
3983 /*
3984 ** Release a reference to page pPg. pPg must have been returned by an
3985 ** earlier call to pagerAcquireMapPage().
3986 */
3987 static void pagerReleaseMapPage(PgHdr *pPg){
3988   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
3989   pPager->nMmapOut--;
3990   pPg->pDirty = pPager->pMmapFreelist;
3991   pPager->pMmapFreelist = pPg;
3992 
3993   assert( pPager->fd->pMethods->iVersion>=3 );
3994   sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pPg->pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pPg->pData);
3995 }
3996 
3997 /*
3998 ** Free all PgHdr objects stored in the Pager.pMmapFreelist list.
3999 */
4000 static void pagerFreeMapHdrs(Pager *pPager){
4001   PgHdr *p;
4002   PgHdr *pNext;
4003   for(p=pPager->pMmapFreelist; p; p=pNext){
4004     pNext = p->pDirty;
4005     sqlite3_free(p);
4006   }
4007 }
4008 
4009 
4010 /*
4011 ** Shutdown the page cache.  Free all memory and close all files.
4012 **
4013 ** If a transaction was in progress when this routine is called, that
4014 ** transaction is rolled back.  All outstanding pages are invalidated
4015 ** and their memory is freed.  Any attempt to use a page associated
4016 ** with this page cache after this function returns will likely
4017 ** result in a coredump.
4018 **
4019 ** This function always succeeds. If a transaction is active an attempt
4020 ** is made to roll it back. If an error occurs during the rollback
4021 ** a hot journal may be left in the filesystem but no error is returned
4022 ** to the caller.
4023 */
4024 int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager){
4025   u8 *pTmp = (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace;
4026 
4027   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4028   disable_simulated_io_errors();
4029   sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4030   pagerFreeMapHdrs(pPager);
4031   /* pPager->errCode = 0; */
4032   pPager->exclusiveMode = 0;
4033 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4034   sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, pTmp);
4035   pPager->pWal = 0;
4036 #endif
4037   pager_reset(pPager);
4038   if( MEMDB ){
4039     pager_unlock(pPager);
4040   }else{
4041     /* If it is open, sync the journal file before calling UnlockAndRollback.
4042     ** If this is not done, then an unsynced portion of the open journal
4043     ** file may be played back into the database. If a power failure occurs
4044     ** while this is happening, the database could become corrupt.
4045     **
4046     ** If an error occurs while trying to sync the journal, shift the pager
4047     ** into the ERROR state. This causes UnlockAndRollback to unlock the
4048     ** database and close the journal file without attempting to roll it
4049     ** back or finalize it. The next database user will have to do hot-journal
4050     ** rollback before accessing the database file.
4051     */
4052     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
4053       pager_error(pPager, pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager));
4054     }
4055     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
4056   }
4057   sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4058   enable_simulated_io_errors();
4059   PAGERTRACE(("CLOSE %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4060   IOTRACE(("CLOSE %p\n", pPager))
4061   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4062   sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4063   sqlite3PageFree(pTmp);
4064   sqlite3PcacheClose(pPager->pPCache);
4065 
4066 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
4067   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
4068 #endif
4069 
4070   assert( !pPager->aSavepoint && !pPager->pInJournal );
4071   assert( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) && !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) );
4072 
4073   sqlite3_free(pPager);
4074   return SQLITE_OK;
4075 }
4076 
4077 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
4078 /*
4079 ** Return the page number for page pPg.
4080 */
4081 Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage *pPg){
4082   return pPg->pgno;
4083 }
4084 #endif
4085 
4086 /*
4087 ** Increment the reference count for page pPg.
4088 */
4089 void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage *pPg){
4090   sqlite3PcacheRef(pPg);
4091 }
4092 
4093 /*
4094 ** Sync the journal. In other words, make sure all the pages that have
4095 ** been written to the journal have actually reached the surface of the
4096 ** disk and can be restored in the event of a hot-journal rollback.
4097 **
4098 ** If the Pager.noSync flag is set, then this function is a no-op.
4099 ** Otherwise, the actions required depend on the journal-mode and the
4100 ** device characteristics of the file-system, as follows:
4101 **
4102 **   * If the journal file is an in-memory journal file, no action need
4103 **     be taken.
4104 **
4105 **   * Otherwise, if the device does not support the SAFE_APPEND property,
4106 **     then the nRec field of the most recently written journal header
4107 **     is updated to contain the number of journal records that have
4108 **     been written following it. If the pager is operating in full-sync
4109 **     mode, then the journal file is synced before this field is updated.
4110 **
4111 **   * If the device does not support the SEQUENTIAL property, then
4112 **     journal file is synced.
4113 **
4114 ** Or, in pseudo-code:
4115 **
4116 **   if( NOT <in-memory journal> ){
4117 **     if( NOT SAFE_APPEND ){
4118 **       if( <full-sync mode> ) xSync(<journal file>);
4119 **       <update nRec field>
4120 **     }
4121 **     if( NOT SEQUENTIAL ) xSync(<journal file>);
4122 **   }
4123 **
4124 ** If successful, this routine clears the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag of every
4125 ** page currently held in memory before returning SQLITE_OK. If an IO
4126 ** error is encountered, then the IO error code is returned to the caller.
4127 */
4128 static int syncJournal(Pager *pPager, int newHdr){
4129   int rc;                         /* Return code */
4130 
4131   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4132        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
4133   );
4134   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4135   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4136 
4137   rc = sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
4138   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4139 
4140   if( !pPager->noSync ){
4141     assert( !pPager->tempFile );
4142     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
4143       const int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4144       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
4145 
4146       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4147         /* This block deals with an obscure problem. If the last connection
4148         ** that wrote to this database was operating in persistent-journal
4149         ** mode, then the journal file may at this point actually be larger
4150         ** than Pager.journalOff bytes. If the next thing in the journal
4151         ** file happens to be a journal-header (written as part of the
4152         ** previous connection's transaction), and a crash or power-failure
4153         ** occurs after nRec is updated but before this connection writes
4154         ** anything else to the journal file (or commits/rolls back its
4155         ** transaction), then SQLite may become confused when doing the
4156         ** hot-journal rollback following recovery. It may roll back all
4157         ** of this connections data, then proceed to rolling back the old,
4158         ** out-of-date data that follows it. Database corruption.
4159         **
4160         ** To work around this, if the journal file does appear to contain
4161         ** a valid header following Pager.journalOff, then write a 0x00
4162         ** byte to the start of it to prevent it from being recognized.
4163         **
4164         ** Variable iNextHdrOffset is set to the offset at which this
4165         ** problematic header will occur, if it exists. aMagic is used
4166         ** as a temporary buffer to inspect the first couple of bytes of
4167         ** the potential journal header.
4168         */
4169         i64 iNextHdrOffset;
4170         u8 aMagic[8];
4171         u8 zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)+4];
4172 
4173         memcpy(zHeader, aJournalMagic, sizeof(aJournalMagic));
4174         put32bits(&zHeader[sizeof(aJournalMagic)], pPager->nRec);
4175 
4176         iNextHdrOffset = journalHdrOffset(pPager);
4177         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, aMagic, 8, iNextHdrOffset);
4178         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==memcmp(aMagic, aJournalMagic, 8) ){
4179           static const u8 zerobyte = 0;
4180           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, &zerobyte, 1, iNextHdrOffset);
4181         }
4182         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4183           return rc;
4184         }
4185 
4186         /* Write the nRec value into the journal file header. If in
4187         ** full-synchronous mode, sync the journal first. This ensures that
4188         ** all data has really hit the disk before nRec is updated to mark
4189         ** it as a candidate for rollback.
4190         **
4191         ** This is not required if the persistent media supports the
4192         ** SAFE_APPEND property. Because in this case it is not possible
4193         ** for garbage data to be appended to the file, the nRec field
4194         ** is populated with 0xFFFFFFFF when the journal header is written
4195         ** and never needs to be updated.
4196         */
4197         if( pPager->fullSync && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4198           PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4199           IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4200           rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags);
4201           if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4202         }
4203         IOTRACE(("JHDR %p %lld\n", pPager, pPager->journalHdr));
4204         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(
4205             pPager->jfd, zHeader, sizeof(zHeader), pPager->journalHdr
4206         );
4207         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4208       }
4209       if( 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SEQUENTIAL) ){
4210         PAGERTRACE(("SYNC journal of %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
4211         IOTRACE(("JSYNC %p\n", pPager))
4212         rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->jfd, pPager->syncFlags|
4213           (pPager->syncFlags==SQLITE_SYNC_FULL?SQLITE_SYNC_DATAONLY:0)
4214         );
4215         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4216       }
4217 
4218       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4219       if( newHdr && 0==(iDc&SQLITE_IOCAP_SAFE_APPEND) ){
4220         pPager->nRec = 0;
4221         rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
4222         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
4223       }
4224     }else{
4225       pPager->journalHdr = pPager->journalOff;
4226     }
4227   }
4228 
4229   /* Unless the pager is in noSync mode, the journal file was just
4230   ** successfully synced. Either way, clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag on
4231   ** all pages.
4232   */
4233   sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(pPager->pPCache);
4234   pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD;
4235   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4236   return SQLITE_OK;
4237 }
4238 
4239 /*
4240 ** The argument is the first in a linked list of dirty pages connected
4241 ** by the PgHdr.pDirty pointer. This function writes each one of the
4242 ** in-memory pages in the list to the database file. The argument may
4243 ** be NULL, representing an empty list. In this case this function is
4244 ** a no-op.
4245 **
4246 ** The pager must hold at least a RESERVED lock when this function
4247 ** is called. Before writing anything to the database file, this lock
4248 ** is upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock. If the lock cannot be obtained,
4249 ** SQLITE_BUSY is returned and no data is written to the database file.
4250 **
4251 ** If the pager is a temp-file pager and the actual file-system file
4252 ** is not yet open, it is created and opened before any data is
4253 ** written out.
4254 **
4255 ** Once the lock has been upgraded and, if necessary, the file opened,
4256 ** the pages are written out to the database file in list order. Writing
4257 ** a page is skipped if it meets either of the following criteria:
4258 **
4259 **   * The page number is greater than Pager.dbSize, or
4260 **   * The PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag is set on the page.
4261 **
4262 ** If writing out a page causes the database file to grow, Pager.dbFileSize
4263 ** is updated accordingly. If page 1 is written out, then the value cached
4264 ** in Pager.dbFileVers[] is updated to match the new value stored in
4265 ** the database file.
4266 **
4267 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
4268 ** occurs, an IO error code is returned. Or, if the EXCLUSIVE lock cannot
4269 ** be obtained, SQLITE_BUSY is returned.
4270 */
4271 static int pager_write_pagelist(Pager *pPager, PgHdr *pList){
4272   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
4273 
4274   /* This function is only called for rollback pagers in WRITER_DBMOD state. */
4275   assert( !pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4276   assert( pPager->tempFile || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
4277   assert( pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
4278   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pList->pDirty==0 );
4279 
4280   /* If the file is a temp-file has not yet been opened, open it now. It
4281   ** is not possible for rc to be other than SQLITE_OK if this branch
4282   ** is taken, as pager_wait_on_lock() is a no-op for temp-files.
4283   */
4284   if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
4285     assert( pPager->tempFile && rc==SQLITE_OK );
4286     rc = pagerOpentemp(pPager, pPager->fd, pPager->vfsFlags);
4287   }
4288 
4289   /* Before the first write, give the VFS a hint of what the final
4290   ** file size will be.
4291   */
4292   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4293   if( rc==SQLITE_OK
4294    && pPager->dbHintSize<pPager->dbSize
4295    && (pList->pDirty || pList->pgno>pPager->dbHintSize)
4296   ){
4297     sqlite3_int64 szFile = pPager->pageSize * (sqlite3_int64)pPager->dbSize;
4298     sqlite3OsFileControlHint(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT, &szFile);
4299     pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
4300   }
4301 
4302   while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4303     Pgno pgno = pList->pgno;
4304 
4305     /* If there are dirty pages in the page cache with page numbers greater
4306     ** than Pager.dbSize, this means sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() was called to
4307     ** make the file smaller (presumably by auto-vacuum code). Do not write
4308     ** any such pages to the file.
4309     **
4310     ** Also, do not write out any page that has the PGHDR_DONT_WRITE flag
4311     ** set (set by sqlite3PagerDontWrite()).
4312     */
4313     if( pgno<=pPager->dbSize && 0==(pList->flags&PGHDR_DONT_WRITE) ){
4314       i64 offset = (pgno-1)*(i64)pPager->pageSize;   /* Offset to write */
4315       char *pData;                                   /* Data to write */
4316 
4317       assert( (pList->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4318       if( pList->pgno==1 ) pager_write_changecounter(pList);
4319 
4320       /* Encode the database */
4321       CODEC2(pPager, pList->pData, pgno, 6, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData);
4322 
4323       /* Write out the page data. */
4324       rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, pData, pPager->pageSize, offset);
4325 
4326       /* If page 1 was just written, update Pager.dbFileVers to match
4327       ** the value now stored in the database file. If writing this
4328       ** page caused the database file to grow, update dbFileSize.
4329       */
4330       if( pgno==1 ){
4331         memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, &pData[24], sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
4332       }
4333       if( pgno>pPager->dbFileSize ){
4334         pPager->dbFileSize = pgno;
4335       }
4336       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
4337 
4338       /* Update any backup objects copying the contents of this pager. */
4339       sqlite3BackupUpdate(pPager->pBackup, pgno, (u8*)pList->pData);
4340 
4341       PAGERTRACE(("STORE %d page %d hash(%08x)\n",
4342                    PAGERID(pPager), pgno, pager_pagehash(pList)));
4343       IOTRACE(("PGOUT %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
4344       PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writedb_count);
4345     }else{
4346       PAGERTRACE(("NOSTORE %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pgno));
4347     }
4348     pager_set_pagehash(pList);
4349     pList = pList->pDirty;
4350   }
4351 
4352   return rc;
4353 }
4354 
4355 /*
4356 ** Ensure that the sub-journal file is open. If it is already open, this
4357 ** function is a no-op.
4358 **
4359 ** SQLITE_OK is returned if everything goes according to plan. An
4360 ** SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is returned if a call to sqlite3OsOpen()
4361 ** fails.
4362 */
4363 static int openSubJournal(Pager *pPager){
4364   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4365   if( !isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
4366     const int flags =  SQLITE_OPEN_SUBJOURNAL | SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE
4367       | SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE | SQLITE_OPEN_EXCLUSIVE
4368       | SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE;
4369     int nStmtSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
4370     if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || pPager->subjInMemory ){
4371       nStmtSpill = -1;
4372     }
4373     rc = sqlite3JournalOpen(pPager->pVfs, 0, pPager->sjfd, flags, nStmtSpill);
4374   }
4375   return rc;
4376 }
4377 
4378 /*
4379 ** Append a record of the current state of page pPg to the sub-journal.
4380 **
4381 ** If successful, set the bit corresponding to pPg->pgno in the bitvecs
4382 ** for all open savepoints before returning.
4383 **
4384 ** This function returns SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, an IO
4385 ** error code if the attempt to write to the sub-journal fails, or
4386 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if a malloc fails while setting a bit in a savepoint
4387 ** bitvec.
4388 */
4389 static int subjournalPage(PgHdr *pPg){
4390   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4391   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
4392   if( pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
4393 
4394     /* Open the sub-journal, if it has not already been opened */
4395     assert( pPager->useJournal );
4396     assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pagerUseWal(pPager) );
4397     assert( isOpen(pPager->sjfd) || pPager->nSubRec==0 );
4398     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)
4399          || pageInJournal(pPager, pPg)
4400          || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize
4401     );
4402     rc = openSubJournal(pPager);
4403 
4404     /* If the sub-journal was opened successfully (or was already open),
4405     ** write the journal record into the file.  */
4406     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4407       void *pData = pPg->pData;
4408       i64 offset = (i64)pPager->nSubRec*(4+pPager->pageSize);
4409       char *pData2;
4410 
4411       CODEC2(pPager, pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
4412       PAGERTRACE(("STMT-JOURNAL %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4413       rc = write32bits(pPager->sjfd, offset, pPg->pgno);
4414       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4415         rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->sjfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, offset+4);
4416       }
4417     }
4418   }
4419   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4420     pPager->nSubRec++;
4421     assert( pPager->nSavepoint>0 );
4422     rc = addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
4423   }
4424   return rc;
4425 }
4426 static int subjournalPageIfRequired(PgHdr *pPg){
4427   if( subjRequiresPage(pPg) ){
4428     return subjournalPage(pPg);
4429   }else{
4430     return SQLITE_OK;
4431   }
4432 }
4433 
4434 /*
4435 ** This function is called by the pcache layer when it has reached some
4436 ** soft memory limit. The first argument is a pointer to a Pager object
4437 ** (cast as a void*). The pager is always 'purgeable' (not an in-memory
4438 ** database). The second argument is a reference to a page that is
4439 ** currently dirty but has no outstanding references. The page
4440 ** is always associated with the Pager object passed as the first
4441 ** argument.
4442 **
4443 ** The job of this function is to make pPg clean by writing its contents
4444 ** out to the database file, if possible. This may involve syncing the
4445 ** journal file.
4446 **
4447 ** If successful, sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is called on the page and
4448 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying to make the
4449 ** page clean, the IO error code is returned. If the page cannot be
4450 ** made clean for some other reason, but no error occurs, then SQLITE_OK
4451 ** is returned by sqlite3PcacheMakeClean() is not called.
4452 */
4453 static int pagerStress(void *p, PgHdr *pPg){
4454   Pager *pPager = (Pager *)p;
4455   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
4456 
4457   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
4458   assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
4459 
4460   /* The doNotSpill NOSYNC bit is set during times when doing a sync of
4461   ** journal (and adding a new header) is not allowed.  This occurs
4462   ** during calls to sqlite3PagerWrite() while trying to journal multiple
4463   ** pages belonging to the same sector.
4464   **
4465   ** The doNotSpill ROLLBACK and OFF bits inhibits all cache spilling
4466   ** regardless of whether or not a sync is required.  This is set during
4467   ** a rollback or by user request, respectively.
4468   **
4469   ** Spilling is also prohibited when in an error state since that could
4470   ** lead to database corruption.   In the current implementation it
4471   ** is impossible for sqlite3PcacheFetch() to be called with createFlag==3
4472   ** while in the error state, hence it is impossible for this routine to
4473   ** be called in the error state.  Nevertheless, we include a NEVER()
4474   ** test for the error state as a safeguard against future changes.
4475   */
4476   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return SQLITE_OK;
4477   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK );
4478   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_OFF );
4479   testcase( pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC );
4480   if( pPager->doNotSpill
4481    && ((pPager->doNotSpill & (SPILLFLAG_ROLLBACK|SPILLFLAG_OFF))!=0
4482       || (pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)!=0)
4483   ){
4484     return SQLITE_OK;
4485   }
4486 
4487   pPg->pDirty = 0;
4488   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
4489     /* Write a single frame for this page to the log. */
4490     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
4491     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4492       rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pPg, 0, 0);
4493     }
4494   }else{
4495 
4496     /* Sync the journal file if required. */
4497     if( pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
4498      || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
4499     ){
4500       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 1);
4501     }
4502 
4503     /* Write the contents of the page out to the database file. */
4504     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4505       assert( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0 );
4506       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager, pPg);
4507     }
4508   }
4509 
4510   /* Mark the page as clean. */
4511   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4512     PAGERTRACE(("STRESS %d page %d\n", PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno));
4513     sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(pPg);
4514   }
4515 
4516   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
4517 }
4518 
4519 /*
4520 ** Flush all unreferenced dirty pages to disk.
4521 */
4522 int sqlite3PagerFlush(Pager *pPager){
4523   int rc = pPager->errCode;
4524   if( !MEMDB ){
4525     PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
4526     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
4527     while( rc==SQLITE_OK && pList ){
4528       PgHdr *pNext = pList->pDirty;
4529       if( pList->nRef==0 ){
4530         rc = pagerStress((void*)pPager, pList);
4531       }
4532       pList = pNext;
4533     }
4534   }
4535 
4536   return rc;
4537 }
4538 
4539 /*
4540 ** Allocate and initialize a new Pager object and put a pointer to it
4541 ** in *ppPager. The pager should eventually be freed by passing it
4542 ** to sqlite3PagerClose().
4543 **
4544 ** The zFilename argument is the path to the database file to open.
4545 ** If zFilename is NULL then a randomly-named temporary file is created
4546 ** and used as the file to be cached. Temporary files are be deleted
4547 ** automatically when they are closed. If zFilename is ":memory:" then
4548 ** all information is held in cache. It is never written to disk.
4549 ** This can be used to implement an in-memory database.
4550 **
4551 ** The nExtra parameter specifies the number of bytes of space allocated
4552 ** along with each page reference. This space is available to the user
4553 ** via the sqlite3PagerGetExtra() API.
4554 **
4555 ** The flags argument is used to specify properties that affect the
4556 ** operation of the pager. It should be passed some bitwise combination
4557 ** of the PAGER_* flags.
4558 **
4559 ** The vfsFlags parameter is a bitmask to pass to the flags parameter
4560 ** of the xOpen() method of the supplied VFS when opening files.
4561 **
4562 ** If the pager object is allocated and the specified file opened
4563 ** successfully, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppPager set to point to
4564 ** the new pager object. If an error occurs, *ppPager is set to NULL
4565 ** and error code returned. This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM
4566 ** (sqlite3Malloc() is used to allocate memory), SQLITE_CANTOPEN or
4567 ** various SQLITE_IO_XXX errors.
4568 */
4569 int sqlite3PagerOpen(
4570   sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,       /* The virtual file system to use */
4571   Pager **ppPager,         /* OUT: Return the Pager structure here */
4572   const char *zFilename,   /* Name of the database file to open */
4573   int nExtra,              /* Extra bytes append to each in-memory page */
4574   int flags,               /* flags controlling this file */
4575   int vfsFlags,            /* flags passed through to sqlite3_vfs.xOpen() */
4576   void (*xReinit)(DbPage*) /* Function to reinitialize pages */
4577 ){
4578   u8 *pPtr;
4579   Pager *pPager = 0;       /* Pager object to allocate and return */
4580   int rc = SQLITE_OK;      /* Return code */
4581   int tempFile = 0;        /* True for temp files (incl. in-memory files) */
4582   int memDb = 0;           /* True if this is an in-memory file */
4583   int readOnly = 0;        /* True if this is a read-only file */
4584   int journalFileSize;     /* Bytes to allocate for each journal fd */
4585   char *zPathname = 0;     /* Full path to database file */
4586   int nPathname = 0;       /* Number of bytes in zPathname */
4587   int useJournal = (flags & PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL)==0; /* False to omit journal */
4588   int pcacheSize = sqlite3PcacheSize();       /* Bytes to allocate for PCache */
4589   u32 szPageDflt = SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;  /* Default page size */
4590   const char *zUri = 0;    /* URI args to copy */
4591   int nUri = 0;            /* Number of bytes of URI args at *zUri */
4592 
4593   /* Figure out how much space is required for each journal file-handle
4594   ** (there are two of them, the main journal and the sub-journal).  */
4595   journalFileSize = ROUND8(sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
4596 
4597   /* Set the output variable to NULL in case an error occurs. */
4598   *ppPager = 0;
4599 
4600 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_MEMORYDB
4601   if( flags & PAGER_MEMORY ){
4602     memDb = 1;
4603     if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4604       zPathname = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zFilename);
4605       if( zPathname==0  ) return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4606       nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4607       zFilename = 0;
4608     }
4609   }
4610 #endif
4611 
4612   /* Compute and store the full pathname in an allocated buffer pointed
4613   ** to by zPathname, length nPathname. Or, if this is a temporary file,
4614   ** leave both nPathname and zPathname set to 0.
4615   */
4616   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4617     const char *z;
4618     nPathname = pVfs->mxPathname+1;
4619     zPathname = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(0, nPathname*2);
4620     if( zPathname==0 ){
4621       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4622     }
4623     zPathname[0] = 0; /* Make sure initialized even if FullPathname() fails */
4624     rc = sqlite3OsFullPathname(pVfs, zFilename, nPathname, zPathname);
4625     nPathname = sqlite3Strlen30(zPathname);
4626     z = zUri = &zFilename[sqlite3Strlen30(zFilename)+1];
4627     while( *z ){
4628       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4629       z += sqlite3Strlen30(z)+1;
4630     }
4631     nUri = (int)(&z[1] - zUri);
4632     assert( nUri>=0 );
4633     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && nPathname+8>pVfs->mxPathname ){
4634       /* This branch is taken when the journal path required by
4635       ** the database being opened will be more than pVfs->mxPathname
4636       ** bytes in length. This means the database cannot be opened,
4637       ** as it will not be possible to open the journal file or even
4638       ** check for a hot-journal before reading.
4639       */
4640       rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
4641     }
4642     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4643       sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4644       return rc;
4645     }
4646   }
4647 
4648   /* Allocate memory for the Pager structure, PCache object, the
4649   ** three file descriptors, the database file name and the journal
4650   ** file name. The layout in memory is as follows:
4651   **
4652   **     Pager object                    (sizeof(Pager) bytes)
4653   **     PCache object                   (sqlite3PcacheSize() bytes)
4654   **     Database file handle            (pVfs->szOsFile bytes)
4655   **     Sub-journal file handle         (journalFileSize bytes)
4656   **     Main journal file handle        (journalFileSize bytes)
4657   **     Database file name              (nPathname+1 bytes)
4658   **     Journal file name               (nPathname+8+1 bytes)
4659   */
4660   pPtr = (u8 *)sqlite3MallocZero(
4661     ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)) +      /* Pager structure */
4662     ROUND8(pcacheSize) +           /* PCache object */
4663     ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile) +       /* The main db file */
4664     journalFileSize * 2 +          /* The two journal files */
4665     nPathname + 1 + nUri +         /* zFilename */
4666     nPathname + 8 + 2              /* zJournal */
4667 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4668     + nPathname + 4 + 2            /* zWal */
4669 #endif
4670   );
4671   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(journalFileSize)) );
4672   if( !pPtr ){
4673     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4674     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
4675   }
4676   pPager =              (Pager*)(pPtr);
4677   pPager->pPCache =    (PCache*)(pPtr += ROUND8(sizeof(*pPager)));
4678   pPager->fd =   (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pcacheSize));
4679   pPager->sjfd = (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += ROUND8(pVfs->szOsFile));
4680   pPager->jfd =  (sqlite3_file*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4681   pPager->zFilename =    (char*)(pPtr += journalFileSize);
4682   assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(pPager->jfd) );
4683 
4684   /* Fill in the Pager.zFilename and Pager.zJournal buffers, if required. */
4685   if( zPathname ){
4686     assert( nPathname>0 );
4687     pPager->zJournal =   (char*)(pPtr += nPathname + 1 + nUri);
4688     memcpy(pPager->zFilename, zPathname, nPathname);
4689     if( nUri ) memcpy(&pPager->zFilename[nPathname+1], zUri, nUri);
4690     memcpy(pPager->zJournal, zPathname, nPathname);
4691     memcpy(&pPager->zJournal[nPathname], "-journal\000", 8+2);
4692     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zJournal);
4693 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
4694     pPager->zWal = &pPager->zJournal[nPathname+8+1];
4695     memcpy(pPager->zWal, zPathname, nPathname);
4696     memcpy(&pPager->zWal[nPathname], "-wal\000", 4+1);
4697     sqlite3FileSuffix3(pPager->zFilename, pPager->zWal);
4698 #endif
4699     sqlite3DbFree(0, zPathname);
4700   }
4701   pPager->pVfs = pVfs;
4702   pPager->vfsFlags = vfsFlags;
4703 
4704   /* Open the pager file.
4705   */
4706   if( zFilename && zFilename[0] ){
4707     int fout = 0;                    /* VFS flags returned by xOpen() */
4708     rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zFilename, pPager->fd, vfsFlags, &fout);
4709     assert( !memDb );
4710     readOnly = (fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4711 
4712     /* If the file was successfully opened for read/write access,
4713     ** choose a default page size in case we have to create the
4714     ** database file. The default page size is the maximum of:
4715     **
4716     **    + SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE,
4717     **    + The value returned by sqlite3OsSectorSize()
4718     **    + The largest page size that can be written atomically.
4719     */
4720     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4721       int iDc = sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->fd);
4722       if( !readOnly ){
4723         setSectorSize(pPager);
4724         assert(SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE);
4725         if( szPageDflt<pPager->sectorSize ){
4726           if( pPager->sectorSize>SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE ){
4727             szPageDflt = SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE;
4728           }else{
4729             szPageDflt = (u32)pPager->sectorSize;
4730           }
4731         }
4732 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
4733         {
4734           int ii;
4735           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC512==(512>>8));
4736           assert(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC64K==(65536>>8));
4737           assert(SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE<=65536);
4738           for(ii=szPageDflt; ii<=SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE; ii=ii*2){
4739             if( iDc&(SQLITE_IOCAP_ATOMIC|(ii>>8)) ){
4740               szPageDflt = ii;
4741             }
4742           }
4743         }
4744 #endif
4745       }
4746       pPager->noLock = sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "nolock", 0);
4747       if( (iDc & SQLITE_IOCAP_IMMUTABLE)!=0
4748        || sqlite3_uri_boolean(zFilename, "immutable", 0) ){
4749           vfsFlags |= SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY;
4750           goto act_like_temp_file;
4751       }
4752     }
4753   }else{
4754     /* If a temporary file is requested, it is not opened immediately.
4755     ** In this case we accept the default page size and delay actually
4756     ** opening the file until the first call to OsWrite().
4757     **
4758     ** This branch is also run for an in-memory database. An in-memory
4759     ** database is the same as a temp-file that is never written out to
4760     ** disk and uses an in-memory rollback journal.
4761     **
4762     ** This branch also runs for files marked as immutable.
4763     */
4764 act_like_temp_file:
4765     tempFile = 1;
4766     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;     /* Pretend we already have a lock */
4767     pPager->eLock = EXCLUSIVE_LOCK;    /* Pretend we are in EXCLUSIVE mode */
4768     pPager->noLock = 1;                /* Do no locking */
4769     readOnly = (vfsFlags&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY);
4770   }
4771 
4772   /* The following call to PagerSetPagesize() serves to set the value of
4773   ** Pager.pageSize and to allocate the Pager.pTmpSpace buffer.
4774   */
4775   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4776     assert( pPager->memDb==0 );
4777     rc = sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(pPager, &szPageDflt, -1);
4778     testcase( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
4779   }
4780 
4781   /* Initialize the PCache object. */
4782   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4783     assert( nExtra<1000 );
4784     nExtra = ROUND8(nExtra);
4785     rc = sqlite3PcacheOpen(szPageDflt, nExtra, !memDb,
4786                        !memDb?pagerStress:0, (void *)pPager, pPager->pPCache);
4787   }
4788 
4789   /* If an error occurred above, free the  Pager structure and close the file.
4790   */
4791   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
4792     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->fd);
4793     sqlite3PageFree(pPager->pTmpSpace);
4794     sqlite3_free(pPager);
4795     return rc;
4796   }
4797 
4798   PAGERTRACE(("OPEN %d %s\n", FILEHANDLEID(pPager->fd), pPager->zFilename));
4799   IOTRACE(("OPEN %p %s\n", pPager, pPager->zFilename))
4800 
4801   pPager->useJournal = (u8)useJournal;
4802   /* pPager->stmtOpen = 0; */
4803   /* pPager->stmtInUse = 0; */
4804   /* pPager->nRef = 0; */
4805   /* pPager->stmtSize = 0; */
4806   /* pPager->stmtJSize = 0; */
4807   /* pPager->nPage = 0; */
4808   pPager->mxPgno = SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT;
4809   /* pPager->state = PAGER_UNLOCK; */
4810   /* pPager->errMask = 0; */
4811   pPager->tempFile = (u8)tempFile;
4812   assert( tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
4813           || tempFile==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
4814   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE==1 );
4815   pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)tempFile;
4816   pPager->changeCountDone = pPager->tempFile;
4817   pPager->memDb = (u8)memDb;
4818   pPager->readOnly = (u8)readOnly;
4819   assert( useJournal || pPager->tempFile );
4820   pPager->noSync = pPager->tempFile;
4821   if( pPager->noSync ){
4822     assert( pPager->fullSync==0 );
4823     assert( pPager->extraSync==0 );
4824     assert( pPager->syncFlags==0 );
4825     assert( pPager->walSyncFlags==0 );
4826     assert( pPager->ckptSyncFlags==0 );
4827   }else{
4828     pPager->fullSync = 1;
4829     pPager->extraSync = 0;
4830     pPager->syncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4831     pPager->walSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL | WAL_SYNC_TRANSACTIONS;
4832     pPager->ckptSyncFlags = SQLITE_SYNC_NORMAL;
4833   }
4834   /* pPager->pFirst = 0; */
4835   /* pPager->pFirstSynced = 0; */
4836   /* pPager->pLast = 0; */
4837   pPager->nExtra = (u16)nExtra;
4838   pPager->journalSizeLimit = SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT;
4839   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || tempFile );
4840   setSectorSize(pPager);
4841   if( !useJournal ){
4842     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF;
4843   }else if( memDb ){
4844     pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY;
4845   }
4846   /* pPager->xBusyHandler = 0; */
4847   /* pPager->pBusyHandlerArg = 0; */
4848   pPager->xReiniter = xReinit;
4849   /* memset(pPager->aHash, 0, sizeof(pPager->aHash)); */
4850   /* pPager->szMmap = SQLITE_DEFAULT_MMAP_SIZE // will be set by btree.c */
4851 
4852   *ppPager = pPager;
4853   return SQLITE_OK;
4854 }
4855 
4856 
4857 /* Verify that the database file has not be deleted or renamed out from
4858 ** under the pager.  Return SQLITE_OK if the database is still were it ought
4859 ** to be on disk.  Return non-zero (SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED or some other error
4860 ** code from sqlite3OsAccess()) if the database has gone missing.
4861 */
4862 static int databaseIsUnmoved(Pager *pPager){
4863   int bHasMoved = 0;
4864   int rc;
4865 
4866   if( pPager->tempFile ) return SQLITE_OK;
4867   if( pPager->dbSize==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
4868   assert( pPager->zFilename && pPager->zFilename[0] );
4869   rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED, &bHasMoved);
4870   if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ){
4871     /* If the HAS_MOVED file-control is unimplemented, assume that the file
4872     ** has not been moved.  That is the historical behavior of SQLite: prior to
4873     ** version 3.8.3, it never checked */
4874     rc = SQLITE_OK;
4875   }else if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bHasMoved ){
4876     rc = SQLITE_READONLY_DBMOVED;
4877   }
4878   return rc;
4879 }
4880 
4881 
4882 /*
4883 ** This function is called after transitioning from PAGER_UNLOCK to
4884 ** PAGER_SHARED state. It tests if there is a hot journal present in
4885 ** the file-system for the given pager. A hot journal is one that
4886 ** needs to be played back. According to this function, a hot-journal
4887 ** file exists if the following criteria are met:
4888 **
4889 **   * The journal file exists in the file system, and
4890 **   * No process holds a RESERVED or greater lock on the database file, and
4891 **   * The database file itself is greater than 0 bytes in size, and
4892 **   * The first byte of the journal file exists and is not 0x00.
4893 **
4894 ** If the current size of the database file is 0 but a journal file
4895 ** exists, that is probably an old journal left over from a prior
4896 ** database with the same name. In this case the journal file is
4897 ** just deleted using OsDelete, *pExists is set to 0 and SQLITE_OK
4898 ** is returned.
4899 **
4900 ** This routine does not check if there is a master journal filename
4901 ** at the end of the file. If there is, and that master journal file
4902 ** does not exist, then the journal file is not really hot. In this
4903 ** case this routine will return a false-positive. The pager_playback()
4904 ** routine will discover that the journal file is not really hot and
4905 ** will not roll it back.
4906 **
4907 ** If a hot-journal file is found to exist, *pExists is set to 1 and
4908 ** SQLITE_OK returned. If no hot-journal file is present, *pExists is
4909 ** set to 0 and SQLITE_OK returned. If an IO error occurs while trying
4910 ** to determine whether or not a hot-journal file exists, the IO error
4911 ** code is returned and the value of *pExists is undefined.
4912 */
4913 static int hasHotJournal(Pager *pPager, int *pExists){
4914   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
4915   int rc = SQLITE_OK;           /* Return code */
4916   int exists = 1;               /* True if a journal file is present */
4917   int jrnlOpen = !!isOpen(pPager->jfd);
4918 
4919   assert( pPager->useJournal );
4920   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) );
4921   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
4922 
4923   assert( jrnlOpen==0 || ( sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(pPager->jfd) &
4924     SQLITE_IOCAP_UNDELETABLE_WHEN_OPEN
4925   ));
4926 
4927   *pExists = 0;
4928   if( !jrnlOpen ){
4929     rc = sqlite3OsAccess(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &exists);
4930   }
4931   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exists ){
4932     int locked = 0;             /* True if some process holds a RESERVED lock */
4933 
4934     /* Race condition here:  Another process might have been holding the
4935     ** the RESERVED lock and have a journal open at the sqlite3OsAccess()
4936     ** call above, but then delete the journal and drop the lock before
4937     ** we get to the following sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock() call.  If that
4938     ** is the case, this routine might think there is a hot journal when
4939     ** in fact there is none.  This results in a false-positive which will
4940     ** be dealt with by the playback routine.  Ticket #3883.
4941     */
4942     rc = sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(pPager->fd, &locked);
4943     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !locked ){
4944       Pgno nPage;                 /* Number of pages in database file */
4945 
4946       assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
4947       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
4948       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4949         /* If the database is zero pages in size, that means that either (1) the
4950         ** journal is a remnant from a prior database with the same name where
4951         ** the database file but not the journal was deleted, or (2) the initial
4952         ** transaction that populates a new database is being rolled back.
4953         ** In either case, the journal file can be deleted.  However, take care
4954         ** not to delete the journal file if it is already open due to
4955         ** journal_mode=PERSIST.
4956         */
4957         if( nPage==0 && !jrnlOpen ){
4958           sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
4959           if( pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK)==SQLITE_OK ){
4960             sqlite3OsDelete(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
4961             if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
4962           }
4963           sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
4964         }else{
4965           /* The journal file exists and no other connection has a reserved
4966           ** or greater lock on the database file. Now check that there is
4967           ** at least one non-zero bytes at the start of the journal file.
4968           ** If there is, then we consider this journal to be hot. If not,
4969           ** it can be ignored.
4970           */
4971           if( !jrnlOpen ){
4972             int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
4973             rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &f);
4974           }
4975           if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
4976             u8 first = 0;
4977             rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->jfd, (void *)&first, 1, 0);
4978             if( rc==SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
4979               rc = SQLITE_OK;
4980             }
4981             if( !jrnlOpen ){
4982               sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
4983             }
4984             *pExists = (first!=0);
4985           }else if( rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN ){
4986             /* If we cannot open the rollback journal file in order to see if
4987             ** it has a zero header, that might be due to an I/O error, or
4988             ** it might be due to the race condition described above and in
4989             ** ticket #3883.  Either way, assume that the journal is hot.
4990             ** This might be a false positive.  But if it is, then the
4991             ** automatic journal playback and recovery mechanism will deal
4992             ** with it under an EXCLUSIVE lock where we do not need to
4993             ** worry so much with race conditions.
4994             */
4995             *pExists = 1;
4996             rc = SQLITE_OK;
4997           }
4998         }
4999       }
5000     }
5001   }
5002 
5003   return rc;
5004 }
5005 
5006 /*
5007 ** This function is called to obtain a shared lock on the database file.
5008 ** It is illegal to call sqlite3PagerGet() until after this function
5009 ** has been successfully called. If a shared-lock is already held when
5010 ** this function is called, it is a no-op.
5011 **
5012 ** The following operations are also performed by this function.
5013 **
5014 **   1) If the pager is currently in PAGER_OPEN state (no lock held
5015 **      on the database file), then an attempt is made to obtain a
5016 **      SHARED lock on the database file. Immediately after obtaining
5017 **      the SHARED lock, the file-system is checked for a hot-journal,
5018 **      which is played back if present. Following any hot-journal
5019 **      rollback, the contents of the cache are validated by checking
5020 **      the 'change-counter' field of the database file header and
5021 **      discarded if they are found to be invalid.
5022 **
5023 **   2) If the pager is running in exclusive-mode, and there are currently
5024 **      no outstanding references to any pages, and is in the error state,
5025 **      then an attempt is made to clear the error state by discarding
5026 **      the contents of the page cache and rolling back any open journal
5027 **      file.
5028 **
5029 ** If everything is successful, SQLITE_OK is returned. If an IO error
5030 ** occurs while locking the database, checking for a hot-journal file or
5031 ** rolling back a journal file, the IO error code is returned.
5032 */
5033 int sqlite3PagerSharedLock(Pager *pPager){
5034   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                /* Return code */
5035 
5036   /* This routine is only called from b-tree and only when there are no
5037   ** outstanding pages. This implies that the pager state should either
5038   ** be OPEN or READER. READER is only possible if the pager is or was in
5039   ** exclusive access mode.  */
5040   assert( sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0 );
5041   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5042   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5043   assert( pPager->errCode==SQLITE_OK );
5044 
5045   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ){
5046     int bHotJournal = 1;          /* True if there exists a hot journal-file */
5047 
5048     assert( !MEMDB );
5049     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
5050 
5051     rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5052     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5053       assert( pPager->eLock==NO_LOCK || pPager->eLock==UNKNOWN_LOCK );
5054       goto failed;
5055     }
5056 
5057     /* If a journal file exists, and there is no RESERVED lock on the
5058     ** database file, then it either needs to be played back or deleted.
5059     */
5060     if( pPager->eLock<=SHARED_LOCK ){
5061       rc = hasHotJournal(pPager, &bHotJournal);
5062     }
5063     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5064       goto failed;
5065     }
5066     if( bHotJournal ){
5067       if( pPager->readOnly ){
5068         rc = SQLITE_READONLY_ROLLBACK;
5069         goto failed;
5070       }
5071 
5072       /* Get an EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. At this point it is
5073       ** important that a RESERVED lock is not obtained on the way to the
5074       ** EXCLUSIVE lock. If it were, another process might open the
5075       ** database file, detect the RESERVED lock, and conclude that the
5076       ** database is safe to read while this process is still rolling the
5077       ** hot-journal back.
5078       **
5079       ** Because the intermediate RESERVED lock is not requested, any
5080       ** other process attempting to access the database file will get to
5081       ** this point in the code and fail to obtain its own EXCLUSIVE lock
5082       ** on the database file.
5083       **
5084       ** Unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode, the lock is
5085       ** downgraded to SHARED_LOCK before this function returns.
5086       */
5087       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5088       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5089         goto failed;
5090       }
5091 
5092       /* If it is not already open and the file exists on disk, open the
5093       ** journal for read/write access. Write access is required because
5094       ** in exclusive-access mode the file descriptor will be kept open
5095       ** and possibly used for a transaction later on. Also, write-access
5096       ** is usually required to finalize the journal in journal_mode=persist
5097       ** mode (and also for journal_mode=truncate on some systems).
5098       **
5099       ** If the journal does not exist, it usually means that some
5100       ** other connection managed to get in and roll it back before
5101       ** this connection obtained the exclusive lock above. Or, it
5102       ** may mean that the pager was in the error-state when this
5103       ** function was called and the journal file does not exist.
5104       */
5105       if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5106         sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;
5107         int bExists;              /* True if journal file exists */
5108         rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
5109             pVfs, pPager->zJournal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &bExists);
5110         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && bExists ){
5111           int fout = 0;
5112           int f = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5113           assert( !pPager->tempFile );
5114           rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, f, &fout);
5115           assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5116           if( rc==SQLITE_OK && fout&SQLITE_OPEN_READONLY ){
5117             rc = SQLITE_CANTOPEN_BKPT;
5118             sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
5119           }
5120         }
5121       }
5122 
5123       /* Playback and delete the journal.  Drop the database write
5124       ** lock and reacquire the read lock. Purge the cache before
5125       ** playing back the hot-journal so that we don't end up with
5126       ** an inconsistent cache.  Sync the hot journal before playing
5127       ** it back since the process that crashed and left the hot journal
5128       ** probably did not sync it and we are required to always sync
5129       ** the journal before playing it back.
5130       */
5131       if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5132         assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5133         rc = pagerSyncHotJournal(pPager);
5134         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5135           rc = pager_playback(pPager, !pPager->tempFile);
5136           pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
5137         }
5138       }else if( !pPager->exclusiveMode ){
5139         pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
5140       }
5141 
5142       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5143         /* This branch is taken if an error occurs while trying to open
5144         ** or roll back a hot-journal while holding an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5145         ** pager_unlock() routine will be called before returning to unlock
5146         ** the file. If the unlock attempt fails, then Pager.eLock must be
5147         ** set to UNKNOWN_LOCK (see the comment above the #define for
5148         ** UNKNOWN_LOCK above for an explanation).
5149         **
5150         ** In order to get pager_unlock() to do this, set Pager.eState to
5151         ** PAGER_ERROR now. This is not actually counted as a transition
5152         ** to ERROR state in the state diagram at the top of this file,
5153         ** since we know that the same call to pager_unlock() will very
5154         ** shortly transition the pager object to the OPEN state. Calling
5155         ** assert_pager_state() would fail now, as it should not be possible
5156         ** to be in ERROR state when there are zero outstanding page
5157         ** references.
5158         */
5159         pager_error(pPager, rc);
5160         goto failed;
5161       }
5162 
5163       assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5164       assert( (pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK)
5165            || (pPager->exclusiveMode && pPager->eLock>SHARED_LOCK)
5166       );
5167     }
5168 
5169     if( !pPager->tempFile && pPager->hasHeldSharedLock ){
5170       /* The shared-lock has just been acquired then check to
5171       ** see if the database has been modified.  If the database has changed,
5172       ** flush the cache.  The hasHeldSharedLock flag prevents this from
5173       ** occurring on the very first access to a file, in order to save a
5174       ** single unnecessary sqlite3OsRead() call at the start-up.
5175       **
5176       ** Database changes are detected by looking at 15 bytes beginning
5177       ** at offset 24 into the file.  The first 4 of these 16 bytes are
5178       ** a 32-bit counter that is incremented with each change.  The
5179       ** other bytes change randomly with each file change when
5180       ** a codec is in use.
5181       **
5182       ** There is a vanishingly small chance that a change will not be
5183       ** detected.  The chance of an undetected change is so small that
5184       ** it can be neglected.
5185       */
5186       Pgno nPage = 0;
5187       char dbFileVers[sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers)];
5188 
5189       rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &nPage);
5190       if( rc ) goto failed;
5191 
5192       if( nPage>0 ){
5193         IOTRACE(("CKVERS %p %d\n", pPager, sizeof(dbFileVers)));
5194         rc = sqlite3OsRead(pPager->fd, &dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers), 24);
5195         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ ){
5196           goto failed;
5197         }
5198       }else{
5199         memset(dbFileVers, 0, sizeof(dbFileVers));
5200       }
5201 
5202       if( memcmp(pPager->dbFileVers, dbFileVers, sizeof(dbFileVers))!=0 ){
5203         pager_reset(pPager);
5204 
5205         /* Unmap the database file. It is possible that external processes
5206         ** may have truncated the database file and then extended it back
5207         ** to its original size while this process was not holding a lock.
5208         ** In this case there may exist a Pager.pMap mapping that appears
5209         ** to be the right size but is not actually valid. Avoid this
5210         ** possibility by unmapping the db here. */
5211         if( USEFETCH(pPager) ){
5212           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, 0, 0);
5213         }
5214       }
5215     }
5216 
5217     /* If there is a WAL file in the file-system, open this database in WAL
5218     ** mode. Otherwise, the following function call is a no-op.
5219     */
5220     rc = pagerOpenWalIfPresent(pPager);
5221 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
5222     assert( pPager->pWal==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
5223 #endif
5224   }
5225 
5226   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5227     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5228     rc = pagerBeginReadTransaction(pPager);
5229   }
5230 
5231   if( pPager->tempFile==0 && pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5232     rc = pagerPagecount(pPager, &pPager->dbSize);
5233   }
5234 
5235  failed:
5236   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5237     assert( !MEMDB );
5238     pager_unlock(pPager);
5239     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN );
5240   }else{
5241     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
5242     pPager->hasHeldSharedLock = 1;
5243   }
5244   return rc;
5245 }
5246 
5247 /*
5248 ** If the reference count has reached zero, rollback any active
5249 ** transaction and unlock the pager.
5250 **
5251 ** Except, in locking_mode=EXCLUSIVE when there is nothing to in
5252 ** the rollback journal, the unlock is not performed and there is
5253 ** nothing to rollback, so this routine is a no-op.
5254 */
5255 static void pagerUnlockIfUnused(Pager *pPager){
5256   if( pPager->nMmapOut==0 && (sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache)==0) ){
5257     pagerUnlockAndRollback(pPager);
5258   }
5259 }
5260 
5261 /*
5262 ** Acquire a reference to page number pgno in pager pPager (a page
5263 ** reference has type DbPage*). If the requested reference is
5264 ** successfully obtained, it is copied to *ppPage and SQLITE_OK returned.
5265 **
5266 ** If the requested page is already in the cache, it is returned.
5267 ** Otherwise, a new page object is allocated and populated with data
5268 ** read from the database file. In some cases, the pcache module may
5269 ** choose not to allocate a new page object and may reuse an existing
5270 ** object with no outstanding references.
5271 **
5272 ** The extra data appended to a page is always initialized to zeros the
5273 ** first time a page is loaded into memory. If the page requested is
5274 ** already in the cache when this function is called, then the extra
5275 ** data is left as it was when the page object was last used.
5276 **
5277 ** If the database image is smaller than the requested page or if a
5278 ** non-zero value is passed as the noContent parameter and the
5279 ** requested page is not already stored in the cache, then no
5280 ** actual disk read occurs. In this case the memory image of the
5281 ** page is initialized to all zeros.
5282 **
5283 ** If noContent is true, it means that we do not care about the contents
5284 ** of the page. This occurs in two scenarios:
5285 **
5286 **   a) When reading a free-list leaf page from the database, and
5287 **
5288 **   b) When a savepoint is being rolled back and we need to load
5289 **      a new page into the cache to be filled with the data read
5290 **      from the savepoint journal.
5291 **
5292 ** If noContent is true, then the data returned is zeroed instead of
5293 ** being read from the database. Additionally, the bits corresponding
5294 ** to pgno in Pager.pInJournal (bitvec of pages already written to the
5295 ** journal file) and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs of any open
5296 ** savepoints are set. This means if the page is made writable at any
5297 ** point in the future, using a call to sqlite3PagerWrite(), its contents
5298 ** will not be journaled. This saves IO.
5299 **
5300 ** The acquisition might fail for several reasons.  In all cases,
5301 ** an appropriate error code is returned and *ppPage is set to NULL.
5302 **
5303 ** See also sqlite3PagerLookup().  Both this routine and Lookup() attempt
5304 ** to find a page in the in-memory cache first.  If the page is not already
5305 ** in memory, this routine goes to disk to read it in whereas Lookup()
5306 ** just returns 0.  This routine acquires a read-lock the first time it
5307 ** has to go to disk, and could also playback an old journal if necessary.
5308 ** Since Lookup() never goes to disk, it never has to deal with locks
5309 ** or journal files.
5310 */
5311 int sqlite3PagerGet(
5312   Pager *pPager,      /* The pager open on the database file */
5313   Pgno pgno,          /* Page number to fetch */
5314   DbPage **ppPage,    /* Write a pointer to the page here */
5315   int flags           /* PAGER_GET_XXX flags */
5316 ){
5317   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5318   PgHdr *pPg = 0;
5319   u32 iFrame = 0;                 /* Frame to read from WAL file */
5320   const int noContent = (flags & PAGER_GET_NOCONTENT);
5321 
5322   /* It is acceptable to use a read-only (mmap) page for any page except
5323   ** page 1 if there is no write-transaction open or the ACQUIRE_READONLY
5324   ** flag was specified by the caller. And so long as the db is not a
5325   ** temporary or in-memory database.  */
5326   const int bMmapOk = (pgno>1 && USEFETCH(pPager)
5327    && (pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || (flags & PAGER_GET_READONLY))
5328 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
5329    && pPager->xCodec==0
5330 #endif
5331   );
5332 
5333   /* Optimization note:  Adding the "pgno<=1" term before "pgno==0" here
5334   ** allows the compiler optimizer to reuse the results of the "pgno>1"
5335   ** test in the previous statement, and avoid testing pgno==0 in the
5336   ** common case where pgno is large. */
5337   if( pgno<=1 && pgno==0 ){
5338     return SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5339   }
5340   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
5341   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5342   assert( noContent==0 || bMmapOk==0 );
5343 
5344   assert( pPager->hasHeldSharedLock==1 );
5345 
5346   /* If the pager is in the error state, return an error immediately.
5347   ** Otherwise, request the page from the PCache layer. */
5348   if( pPager->errCode!=SQLITE_OK ){
5349     rc = pPager->errCode;
5350   }else{
5351     if( bMmapOk && pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5352       rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5353       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5354     }
5355 
5356     if( bMmapOk && iFrame==0 ){
5357       void *pData = 0;
5358 
5359       rc = sqlite3OsFetch(pPager->fd,
5360           (i64)(pgno-1) * pPager->pageSize, pPager->pageSize, &pData
5361       );
5362 
5363       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pData ){
5364         if( pPager->eState>PAGER_READER || pPager->tempFile ){
5365           pPg = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
5366         }
5367         if( pPg==0 ){
5368           rc = pagerAcquireMapPage(pPager, pgno, pData, &pPg);
5369         }else{
5370           sqlite3OsUnfetch(pPager->fd, (i64)(pgno-1)*pPager->pageSize, pData);
5371         }
5372         if( pPg ){
5373           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
5374           *ppPage = pPg;
5375           return SQLITE_OK;
5376         }
5377       }
5378       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5379         goto pager_acquire_err;
5380       }
5381     }
5382 
5383     {
5384       sqlite3_pcache_page *pBase;
5385       pBase = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 3);
5386       if( pBase==0 ){
5387         rc = sqlite3PcacheFetchStress(pPager->pPCache, pgno, &pBase);
5388         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5389         if( pBase==0 ){
5390           pPg = *ppPage = 0;
5391           rc = SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5392           goto pager_acquire_err;
5393         }
5394       }
5395       pPg = *ppPage = sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pBase);
5396       assert( pPg!=0 );
5397     }
5398   }
5399 
5400   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5401     /* Either the call to sqlite3PcacheFetch() returned an error or the
5402     ** pager was already in the error-state when this function was called.
5403     ** Set pPg to 0 and jump to the exception handler.  */
5404     pPg = 0;
5405     goto pager_acquire_err;
5406   }
5407   assert( pPg==(*ppPage) );
5408   assert( pPg->pgno==pgno );
5409   assert( pPg->pPager==pPager || pPg->pPager==0 );
5410 
5411   if( pPg->pPager && !noContent ){
5412     /* In this case the pcache already contains an initialized copy of
5413     ** the page. Return without further ado.  */
5414     assert( pgno<=PAGER_MAX_PGNO && pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5415     pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT]++;
5416     return SQLITE_OK;
5417 
5418   }else{
5419     /* The pager cache has created a new page. Its content needs to
5420     ** be initialized.  */
5421 
5422     pPg->pPager = pPager;
5423 
5424     /* The maximum page number is 2^31. Return SQLITE_CORRUPT if a page
5425     ** number greater than this, or the unused locking-page, is requested. */
5426     if( pgno>PAGER_MAX_PGNO || pgno==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5427       rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT_BKPT;
5428       goto pager_acquire_err;
5429     }
5430 
5431     assert( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || !MEMDB );
5432     if( !isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->dbSize<pgno || noContent ){
5433       if( pgno>pPager->mxPgno ){
5434         rc = SQLITE_FULL;
5435         goto pager_acquire_err;
5436       }
5437       if( noContent ){
5438         /* Failure to set the bits in the InJournal bit-vectors is benign.
5439         ** It merely means that we might do some extra work to journal a
5440         ** page that does not need to be journaled.  Nevertheless, be sure
5441         ** to test the case where a malloc error occurs while trying to set
5442         ** a bit in a bit vector.
5443         */
5444         sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
5445         if( pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5446           TESTONLY( rc = ) sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pgno);
5447           testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5448         }
5449         TESTONLY( rc = ) addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pgno);
5450         testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5451         sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
5452       }
5453       memset(pPg->pData, 0, pPager->pageSize);
5454       IOTRACE(("ZERO %p %d\n", pPager, pgno));
5455     }else{
5456       if( pagerUseWal(pPager) && bMmapOk==0 ){
5457         rc = sqlite3WalFindFrame(pPager->pWal, pgno, &iFrame);
5458         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto pager_acquire_err;
5459       }
5460       assert( pPg->pPager==pPager );
5461       pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS]++;
5462       rc = readDbPage(pPg, iFrame);
5463       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5464         goto pager_acquire_err;
5465       }
5466     }
5467     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
5468   }
5469 
5470   return SQLITE_OK;
5471 
5472 pager_acquire_err:
5473   assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK );
5474   if( pPg ){
5475     sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPg);
5476   }
5477   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5478 
5479   *ppPage = 0;
5480   return rc;
5481 }
5482 
5483 /*
5484 ** Acquire a page if it is already in the in-memory cache.  Do
5485 ** not read the page from disk.  Return a pointer to the page,
5486 ** or 0 if the page is not in cache.
5487 **
5488 ** See also sqlite3PagerGet().  The difference between this routine
5489 ** and sqlite3PagerGet() is that _get() will go to the disk and read
5490 ** in the page if the page is not already in cache.  This routine
5491 ** returns NULL if the page is not in cache or if a disk I/O error
5492 ** has ever happened.
5493 */
5494 DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno){
5495   sqlite3_pcache_page *pPage;
5496   assert( pPager!=0 );
5497   assert( pgno!=0 );
5498   assert( pPager->pPCache!=0 );
5499   pPage = sqlite3PcacheFetch(pPager->pPCache, pgno, 0);
5500   assert( pPage==0 || pPager->hasHeldSharedLock );
5501   if( pPage==0 ) return 0;
5502   return sqlite3PcacheFetchFinish(pPager->pPCache, pgno, pPage);
5503 }
5504 
5505 /*
5506 ** Release a page reference.
5507 **
5508 ** If the number of references to the page drop to zero, then the
5509 ** page is added to the LRU list.  When all references to all pages
5510 ** are released, a rollback occurs and the lock on the database is
5511 ** removed.
5512 */
5513 void sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(DbPage *pPg){
5514   Pager *pPager;
5515   assert( pPg!=0 );
5516   pPager = pPg->pPager;
5517   if( pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP ){
5518     pagerReleaseMapPage(pPg);
5519   }else{
5520     sqlite3PcacheRelease(pPg);
5521   }
5522   pagerUnlockIfUnused(pPager);
5523 }
5524 void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage *pPg){
5525   if( pPg ) sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPg);
5526 }
5527 
5528 /*
5529 ** This function is called at the start of every write transaction.
5530 ** There must already be a RESERVED or EXCLUSIVE lock on the database
5531 ** file when this routine is called.
5532 **
5533 ** Open the journal file for pager pPager and write a journal header
5534 ** to the start of it. If there are active savepoints, open the sub-journal
5535 ** as well. This function is only used when the journal file is being
5536 ** opened to write a rollback log for a transaction. It is not used
5537 ** when opening a hot journal file to roll it back.
5538 **
5539 ** If the journal file is already open (as it may be in exclusive mode),
5540 ** then this function just writes a journal header to the start of the
5541 ** already open file.
5542 **
5543 ** Whether or not the journal file is opened by this function, the
5544 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec structure is allocated.
5545 **
5546 ** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful. Otherwise, return
5547 ** SQLITE_NOMEM if the attempt to allocate Pager.pInJournal fails, or
5548 ** an IO error code if opening or writing the journal file fails.
5549 */
5550 static int pager_open_journal(Pager *pPager){
5551   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                        /* Return code */
5552   sqlite3_vfs * const pVfs = pPager->pVfs;   /* Local cache of vfs pointer */
5553 
5554   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5555   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5556   assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5557 
5558   /* If already in the error state, this function is a no-op.  But on
5559   ** the other hand, this routine is never called if we are already in
5560   ** an error state. */
5561   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
5562 
5563   if( !pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->journalMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
5564     pPager->pInJournal = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
5565     if( pPager->pInJournal==0 ){
5566       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
5567     }
5568 
5569     /* Open the journal file if it is not already open. */
5570     if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
5571       if( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY ){
5572         sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pPager->jfd);
5573       }else{
5574         int flags = SQLITE_OPEN_READWRITE|SQLITE_OPEN_CREATE;
5575         int nSpill;
5576 
5577         if( pPager->tempFile ){
5578           flags |= (SQLITE_OPEN_DELETEONCLOSE|SQLITE_OPEN_TEMP_JOURNAL);
5579           nSpill = sqlite3Config.nStmtSpill;
5580         }else{
5581           flags |= SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_JOURNAL;
5582           nSpill = jrnlBufferSize(pPager);
5583         }
5584 
5585         /* Verify that the database still has the same name as it did when
5586         ** it was originally opened. */
5587         rc = databaseIsUnmoved(pPager);
5588         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5589           rc = sqlite3JournalOpen (
5590               pVfs, pPager->zJournal, pPager->jfd, flags, nSpill
5591           );
5592         }
5593       }
5594       assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5595     }
5596 
5597 
5598     /* Write the first journal header to the journal file and open
5599     ** the sub-journal if necessary.
5600     */
5601     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5602       /* TODO: Check if all of these are really required. */
5603       pPager->nRec = 0;
5604       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5605       pPager->setMaster = 0;
5606       pPager->journalHdr = 0;
5607       rc = writeJournalHdr(pPager);
5608     }
5609   }
5610 
5611   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5612     sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->pInJournal);
5613     pPager->pInJournal = 0;
5614   }else{
5615     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5616     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD;
5617   }
5618 
5619   return rc;
5620 }
5621 
5622 /*
5623 ** Begin a write-transaction on the specified pager object. If a
5624 ** write-transaction has already been opened, this function is a no-op.
5625 **
5626 ** If the exFlag argument is false, then acquire at least a RESERVED
5627 ** lock on the database file. If exFlag is true, then acquire at least
5628 ** an EXCLUSIVE lock. If such a lock is already held, no locking
5629 ** functions need be called.
5630 **
5631 ** If the subjInMemory argument is non-zero, then any sub-journal opened
5632 ** within this transaction will be opened as an in-memory file. This
5633 ** has no effect if the sub-journal is already opened (as it may be when
5634 ** running in exclusive mode) or if the transaction does not require a
5635 ** sub-journal. If the subjInMemory argument is zero, then any required
5636 ** sub-journal is implemented in-memory if pPager is an in-memory database,
5637 ** or using a temporary file otherwise.
5638 */
5639 int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager *pPager, int exFlag, int subjInMemory){
5640   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5641 
5642   if( pPager->errCode ) return pPager->errCode;
5643   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER && pPager->eState<PAGER_ERROR );
5644   pPager->subjInMemory = (u8)subjInMemory;
5645 
5646   if( ALWAYS(pPager->eState==PAGER_READER) ){
5647     assert( pPager->pInJournal==0 );
5648 
5649     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
5650       /* If the pager is configured to use locking_mode=exclusive, and an
5651       ** exclusive lock on the database is not already held, obtain it now.
5652       */
5653       if( pPager->exclusiveMode && sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, -1) ){
5654         rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5655         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5656           return rc;
5657         }
5658         (void)sqlite3WalExclusiveMode(pPager->pWal, 1);
5659       }
5660 
5661       /* Grab the write lock on the log file. If successful, upgrade to
5662       ** PAGER_RESERVED state. Otherwise, return an error code to the caller.
5663       ** The busy-handler is not invoked if another connection already
5664       ** holds the write-lock. If possible, the upper layer will call it.
5665       */
5666       rc = sqlite3WalBeginWriteTransaction(pPager->pWal);
5667     }else{
5668       /* Obtain a RESERVED lock on the database file. If the exFlag parameter
5669       ** is true, then immediately upgrade this to an EXCLUSIVE lock. The
5670       ** busy-handler callback can be used when upgrading to the EXCLUSIVE
5671       ** lock, but not when obtaining the RESERVED lock.
5672       */
5673       rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
5674       if( rc==SQLITE_OK && exFlag ){
5675         rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
5676       }
5677     }
5678 
5679     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5680       /* Change to WRITER_LOCKED state.
5681       **
5682       ** WAL mode sets Pager.eState to PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED or CACHEMOD
5683       ** when it has an open transaction, but never to DBMOD or FINISHED.
5684       ** This is because in those states the code to roll back savepoint
5685       ** transactions may copy data from the sub-journal into the database
5686       ** file as well as into the page cache. Which would be incorrect in
5687       ** WAL mode.
5688       */
5689       pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED;
5690       pPager->dbHintSize = pPager->dbSize;
5691       pPager->dbFileSize = pPager->dbSize;
5692       pPager->dbOrigSize = pPager->dbSize;
5693       pPager->journalOff = 0;
5694     }
5695 
5696     assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_READER );
5697     assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5698     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5699   }
5700 
5701   PAGERTRACE(("TRANSACTION %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
5702   return rc;
5703 }
5704 
5705 /*
5706 ** Write page pPg onto the end of the rollback journal.
5707 */
5708 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(PgHdr *pPg){
5709   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5710   int rc;
5711   u32 cksum;
5712   char *pData2;
5713   i64 iOff = pPager->journalOff;
5714 
5715   /* We should never write to the journal file the page that
5716   ** contains the database locks.  The following assert verifies
5717   ** that we do not. */
5718   assert( pPg->pgno!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) );
5719 
5720   assert( pPager->journalHdr<=pPager->journalOff );
5721   CODEC2(pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 7, return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, pData2);
5722   cksum = pager_cksum(pPager, (u8*)pData2);
5723 
5724   /* Even if an IO or diskfull error occurs while journalling the
5725   ** page in the block above, set the need-sync flag for the page.
5726   ** Otherwise, when the transaction is rolled back, the logic in
5727   ** playback_one_page() will think that the page needs to be restored
5728   ** in the database file. And if an IO error occurs while doing so,
5729   ** then corruption may follow.
5730   */
5731   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5732 
5733   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff, pPg->pgno);
5734   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5735   rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->jfd, pData2, pPager->pageSize, iOff+4);
5736   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5737   rc = write32bits(pPager->jfd, iOff+pPager->pageSize+4, cksum);
5738   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5739 
5740   IOTRACE(("JOUT %p %d %lld %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno,
5741            pPager->journalOff, pPager->pageSize));
5742   PAGER_INCR(sqlite3_pager_writej_count);
5743   PAGERTRACE(("JOURNAL %d page %d needSync=%d hash(%08x)\n",
5744        PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5745        ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0), pager_pagehash(pPg)));
5746 
5747   pPager->journalOff += 8 + pPager->pageSize;
5748   pPager->nRec++;
5749   assert( pPager->pInJournal!=0 );
5750   rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno);
5751   testcase( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5752   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5753   rc |= addToSavepointBitvecs(pPager, pPg->pgno);
5754   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
5755   return rc;
5756 }
5757 
5758 /*
5759 ** Mark a single data page as writeable. The page is written into the
5760 ** main journal or sub-journal as required. If the page is written into
5761 ** one of the journals, the corresponding bit is set in the
5762 ** Pager.pInJournal bitvec and the PagerSavepoint.pInSavepoint bitvecs
5763 ** of any open savepoints as appropriate.
5764 */
5765 static int pager_write(PgHdr *pPg){
5766   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5767   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
5768 
5769   /* This routine is not called unless a write-transaction has already
5770   ** been started. The journal file may or may not be open at this point.
5771   ** It is never called in the ERROR state.
5772   */
5773   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
5774        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
5775        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
5776   );
5777   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5778   assert( pPager->errCode==0 );
5779   assert( pPager->readOnly==0 );
5780   CHECK_PAGE(pPg);
5781 
5782   /* The journal file needs to be opened. Higher level routines have already
5783   ** obtained the necessary locks to begin the write-transaction, but the
5784   ** rollback journal might not yet be open. Open it now if this is the case.
5785   **
5786   ** This is done before calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty() on the page.
5787   ** Otherwise, if it were done after calling sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(), then
5788   ** an error might occur and the pager would end up in WRITER_LOCKED state
5789   ** with pages marked as dirty in the cache.
5790   */
5791   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
5792     rc = pager_open_journal(pPager);
5793     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
5794   }
5795   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD );
5796   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5797 
5798   /* Mark the page that is about to be modified as dirty. */
5799   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
5800 
5801   /* If a rollback journal is in use, them make sure the page that is about
5802   ** to change is in the rollback journal, or if the page is a new page off
5803   ** then end of the file, make sure it is marked as PGHDR_NEED_SYNC.
5804   */
5805   assert( (pPager->pInJournal!=0) == isOpen(pPager->jfd) );
5806   if( pPager->pInJournal!=0
5807    && sqlite3BitvecTestNotNull(pPager->pInJournal, pPg->pgno)==0
5808   ){
5809     assert( pagerUseWal(pPager)==0 );
5810     if( pPg->pgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
5811       rc = pagerAddPageToRollbackJournal(pPg);
5812       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
5813         return rc;
5814       }
5815     }else{
5816       if( pPager->eState!=PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD ){
5817         pPg->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5818       }
5819       PAGERTRACE(("APPEND %d page %d needSync=%d\n",
5820               PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno,
5821              ((pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0)));
5822     }
5823   }
5824 
5825   /* The PGHDR_DIRTY bit is set above when the page was added to the dirty-list
5826   ** and before writing the page into the rollback journal.  Wait until now,
5827   ** after the page has been successfully journalled, before setting the
5828   ** PGHDR_WRITEABLE bit that indicates that the page can be safely modified.
5829   */
5830   pPg->flags |= PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5831 
5832   /* If the statement journal is open and the page is not in it,
5833   ** then write the page into the statement journal.
5834   */
5835   if( pPager->nSavepoint>0 ){
5836     rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5837   }
5838 
5839   /* Update the database size and return. */
5840   if( pPager->dbSize<pPg->pgno ){
5841     pPager->dbSize = pPg->pgno;
5842   }
5843   return rc;
5844 }
5845 
5846 /*
5847 ** This is a variant of sqlite3PagerWrite() that runs when the sector size
5848 ** is larger than the page size.  SQLite makes the (reasonable) assumption that
5849 ** all bytes of a sector are written together by hardware.  Hence, all bytes of
5850 ** a sector need to be journalled in case of a power loss in the middle of
5851 ** a write.
5852 **
5853 ** Usually, the sector size is less than or equal to the page size, in which
5854 ** case pages can be individually written.  This routine only runs in the
5855 ** exceptional case where the page size is smaller than the sector size.
5856 */
5857 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerWriteLargeSector(PgHdr *pPg){
5858   int rc = SQLITE_OK;          /* Return code */
5859   Pgno nPageCount;             /* Total number of pages in database file */
5860   Pgno pg1;                    /* First page of the sector pPg is located on. */
5861   int nPage = 0;               /* Number of pages starting at pg1 to journal */
5862   int ii;                      /* Loop counter */
5863   int needSync = 0;            /* True if any page has PGHDR_NEED_SYNC */
5864   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager; /* The pager that owns pPg */
5865   Pgno nPagePerSector = (pPager->sectorSize/pPager->pageSize);
5866 
5867   /* Set the doNotSpill NOSYNC bit to 1. This is because we cannot allow
5868   ** a journal header to be written between the pages journaled by
5869   ** this function.
5870   */
5871   assert( !MEMDB );
5872   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)==0 );
5873   pPager->doNotSpill |= SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5874 
5875   /* This trick assumes that both the page-size and sector-size are
5876   ** an integer power of 2. It sets variable pg1 to the identifier
5877   ** of the first page of the sector pPg is located on.
5878   */
5879   pg1 = ((pPg->pgno-1) & ~(nPagePerSector-1)) + 1;
5880 
5881   nPageCount = pPager->dbSize;
5882   if( pPg->pgno>nPageCount ){
5883     nPage = (pPg->pgno - pg1)+1;
5884   }else if( (pg1+nPagePerSector-1)>nPageCount ){
5885     nPage = nPageCount+1-pg1;
5886   }else{
5887     nPage = nPagePerSector;
5888   }
5889   assert(nPage>0);
5890   assert(pg1<=pPg->pgno);
5891   assert((pg1+nPage)>pPg->pgno);
5892 
5893   for(ii=0; ii<nPage && rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
5894     Pgno pg = pg1+ii;
5895     PgHdr *pPage;
5896     if( pg==pPg->pgno || !sqlite3BitvecTest(pPager->pInJournal, pg) ){
5897       if( pg!=PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager) ){
5898         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, pg, &pPage, 0);
5899         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
5900           rc = pager_write(pPage);
5901           if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5902             needSync = 1;
5903           }
5904           sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5905         }
5906       }
5907     }else if( (pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg))!=0 ){
5908       if( pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC ){
5909         needSync = 1;
5910       }
5911       sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5912     }
5913   }
5914 
5915   /* If the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag is set for any of the nPage pages
5916   ** starting at pg1, then it needs to be set for all of them. Because
5917   ** writing to any of these nPage pages may damage the others, the
5918   ** journal file must contain sync()ed copies of all of them
5919   ** before any of them can be written out to the database file.
5920   */
5921   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && needSync ){
5922     assert( !MEMDB );
5923     for(ii=0; ii<nPage; ii++){
5924       PgHdr *pPage = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pg1+ii);
5925       if( pPage ){
5926         pPage->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
5927         sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPage);
5928       }
5929     }
5930   }
5931 
5932   assert( (pPager->doNotSpill & SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC)!=0 );
5933   pPager->doNotSpill &= ~SPILLFLAG_NOSYNC;
5934   return rc;
5935 }
5936 
5937 /*
5938 ** Mark a data page as writeable. This routine must be called before
5939 ** making changes to a page. The caller must check the return value
5940 ** of this function and be careful not to change any page data unless
5941 ** this routine returns SQLITE_OK.
5942 **
5943 ** The difference between this function and pager_write() is that this
5944 ** function also deals with the special case where 2 or more pages
5945 ** fit on a single disk sector. In this case all co-resident pages
5946 ** must have been written to the journal file before returning.
5947 **
5948 ** If an error occurs, SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code is returned
5949 ** as appropriate. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
5950 */
5951 int sqlite3PagerWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
5952   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
5953   assert( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_MMAP)==0 );
5954   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
5955   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
5956   if( pPager->errCode ){
5957     return pPager->errCode;
5958   }else if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE)!=0 && pPager->dbSize>=pPg->pgno ){
5959     if( pPager->nSavepoint ) return subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg);
5960     return SQLITE_OK;
5961   }else if( pPager->sectorSize > (u32)pPager->pageSize ){
5962     assert( pPager->tempFile==0 );
5963     return pagerWriteLargeSector(pPg);
5964   }else{
5965     return pager_write(pPg);
5966   }
5967 }
5968 
5969 /*
5970 ** Return TRUE if the page given in the argument was previously passed
5971 ** to sqlite3PagerWrite().  In other words, return TRUE if it is ok
5972 ** to change the content of the page.
5973 */
5974 #ifndef NDEBUG
5975 int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage *pPg){
5976   return pPg->flags & PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
5977 }
5978 #endif
5979 
5980 /*
5981 ** A call to this routine tells the pager that it is not necessary to
5982 ** write the information on page pPg back to the disk, even though
5983 ** that page might be marked as dirty.  This happens, for example, when
5984 ** the page has been added as a leaf of the freelist and so its
5985 ** content no longer matters.
5986 **
5987 ** The overlying software layer calls this routine when all of the data
5988 ** on the given page is unused. The pager marks the page as clean so
5989 ** that it does not get written to disk.
5990 **
5991 ** Tests show that this optimization can quadruple the speed of large
5992 ** DELETE operations.
5993 **
5994 ** This optimization cannot be used with a temp-file, as the page may
5995 ** have been dirty at the start of the transaction. In that case, if
5996 ** memory pressure forces page pPg out of the cache, the data does need
5997 ** to be written out to disk so that it may be read back in if the
5998 ** current transaction is rolled back.
5999 */
6000 void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(PgHdr *pPg){
6001   Pager *pPager = pPg->pPager;
6002   if( !pPager->tempFile && (pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && pPager->nSavepoint==0 ){
6003     PAGERTRACE(("DONT_WRITE page %d of %d\n", pPg->pgno, PAGERID(pPager)));
6004     IOTRACE(("CLEAN %p %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno))
6005     pPg->flags |= PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
6006     pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_WRITEABLE;
6007     testcase( pPg->flags & PGHDR_NEED_SYNC );
6008     pager_set_pagehash(pPg);
6009   }
6010 }
6011 
6012 /*
6013 ** This routine is called to increment the value of the database file
6014 ** change-counter, stored as a 4-byte big-endian integer starting at
6015 ** byte offset 24 of the pager file.  The secondary change counter at
6016 ** 92 is also updated, as is the SQLite version number at offset 96.
6017 **
6018 ** But this only happens if the pPager->changeCountDone flag is false.
6019 ** To avoid excess churning of page 1, the update only happens once.
6020 ** See also the pager_write_changecounter() routine that does an
6021 ** unconditional update of the change counters.
6022 **
6023 ** If the isDirectMode flag is zero, then this is done by calling
6024 ** sqlite3PagerWrite() on page 1, then modifying the contents of the
6025 ** page data. In this case the file will be updated when the current
6026 ** transaction is committed.
6027 **
6028 ** The isDirectMode flag may only be non-zero if the library was compiled
6029 ** with the SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE macro defined. In this case,
6030 ** if isDirect is non-zero, then the database file is updated directly
6031 ** by writing an updated version of page 1 using a call to the
6032 ** sqlite3OsWrite() function.
6033 */
6034 static int pager_incr_changecounter(Pager *pPager, int isDirectMode){
6035   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6036 
6037   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6038        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6039   );
6040   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6041 
6042   /* Declare and initialize constant integer 'isDirect'. If the
6043   ** atomic-write optimization is enabled in this build, then isDirect
6044   ** is initialized to the value passed as the isDirectMode parameter
6045   ** to this function. Otherwise, it is always set to zero.
6046   **
6047   ** The idea is that if the atomic-write optimization is not
6048   ** enabled at compile time, the compiler can omit the tests of
6049   ** 'isDirect' below, as well as the block enclosed in the
6050   ** "if( isDirect )" condition.
6051   */
6052 #ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6053 # define DIRECT_MODE 0
6054   assert( isDirectMode==0 );
6055   UNUSED_PARAMETER(isDirectMode);
6056 #else
6057 # define DIRECT_MODE isDirectMode
6058 #endif
6059 
6060   if( !pPager->changeCountDone && ALWAYS(pPager->dbSize>0) ){
6061     PgHdr *pPgHdr;                /* Reference to page 1 */
6062 
6063     assert( !pPager->tempFile && isOpen(pPager->fd) );
6064 
6065     /* Open page 1 of the file for writing. */
6066     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPgHdr, 0);
6067     assert( pPgHdr==0 || rc==SQLITE_OK );
6068 
6069     /* If page one was fetched successfully, and this function is not
6070     ** operating in direct-mode, make page 1 writable.  When not in
6071     ** direct mode, page 1 is always held in cache and hence the PagerGet()
6072     ** above is always successful - hence the ALWAYS on rc==SQLITE_OK.
6073     */
6074     if( !DIRECT_MODE && ALWAYS(rc==SQLITE_OK) ){
6075       rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPgHdr);
6076     }
6077 
6078     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6079       /* Actually do the update of the change counter */
6080       pager_write_changecounter(pPgHdr);
6081 
6082       /* If running in direct mode, write the contents of page 1 to the file. */
6083       if( DIRECT_MODE ){
6084         const void *zBuf;
6085         assert( pPager->dbFileSize>0 );
6086         CODEC2(pPager, pPgHdr->pData, 1, 6, rc=SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT, zBuf);
6087         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6088           rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pPager->fd, zBuf, pPager->pageSize, 0);
6089           pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE]++;
6090         }
6091         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6092           /* Update the pager's copy of the change-counter. Otherwise, the
6093           ** next time a read transaction is opened the cache will be
6094           ** flushed (as the change-counter values will not match).  */
6095           const void *pCopy = (const void *)&((const char *)zBuf)[24];
6096           memcpy(&pPager->dbFileVers, pCopy, sizeof(pPager->dbFileVers));
6097           pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6098         }
6099       }else{
6100         pPager->changeCountDone = 1;
6101       }
6102     }
6103 
6104     /* Release the page reference. */
6105     sqlite3PagerUnref(pPgHdr);
6106   }
6107   return rc;
6108 }
6109 
6110 /*
6111 ** Sync the database file to disk. This is a no-op for in-memory databases
6112 ** or pages with the Pager.noSync flag set.
6113 **
6114 ** If successful, or if called on a pager for which it is a no-op, this
6115 ** function returns SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, an IO error code is returned.
6116 */
6117 int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager, const char *zMaster){
6118   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
6119 
6120   if( isOpen(pPager->fd) ){
6121     void *pArg = (void*)zMaster;
6122     rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(pPager->fd, SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC, pArg);
6123     if( rc==SQLITE_NOTFOUND ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6124   }
6125   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pPager->noSync ){
6126     assert( !MEMDB );
6127     rc = sqlite3OsSync(pPager->fd, pPager->syncFlags);
6128   }
6129   return rc;
6130 }
6131 
6132 /*
6133 ** This function may only be called while a write-transaction is active in
6134 ** rollback. If the connection is in WAL mode, this call is a no-op.
6135 ** Otherwise, if the connection does not already have an EXCLUSIVE lock on
6136 ** the database file, an attempt is made to obtain one.
6137 **
6138 ** If the EXCLUSIVE lock is already held or the attempt to obtain it is
6139 ** successful, or the connection is in WAL mode, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6140 ** Otherwise, either SQLITE_BUSY or an SQLITE_IOERR_XXX error code is
6141 ** returned.
6142 */
6143 int sqlite3PagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
6144   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6145   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6146   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6147     assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6148          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6149          || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6150     );
6151     assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6152     if( 0==pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6153       rc = pager_wait_on_lock(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
6154     }
6155   }
6156   return rc;
6157 }
6158 
6159 /*
6160 ** Sync the database file for the pager pPager. zMaster points to the name
6161 ** of a master journal file that should be written into the individual
6162 ** journal file. zMaster may be NULL, which is interpreted as no master
6163 ** journal (a single database transaction).
6164 **
6165 ** This routine ensures that:
6166 **
6167 **   * The database file change-counter is updated,
6168 **   * the journal is synced (unless the atomic-write optimization is used),
6169 **   * all dirty pages are written to the database file,
6170 **   * the database file is truncated (if required), and
6171 **   * the database file synced.
6172 **
6173 ** The only thing that remains to commit the transaction is to finalize
6174 ** (delete, truncate or zero the first part of) the journal file (or
6175 ** delete the master journal file if specified).
6176 **
6177 ** Note that if zMaster==NULL, this does not overwrite a previous value
6178 ** passed to an sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne() call.
6179 **
6180 ** If the final parameter - noSync - is true, then the database file itself
6181 ** is not synced. The caller must call sqlite3PagerSync() directly to
6182 ** sync the database file before calling CommitPhaseTwo() to delete the
6183 ** journal file in this case.
6184 */
6185 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(
6186   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
6187   const char *zMaster,            /* If not NULL, the master journal name */
6188   int noSync                      /* True to omit the xSync on the db file */
6189 ){
6190   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
6191 
6192   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6193        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6194        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6195        || pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR
6196   );
6197   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6198 
6199   /* If a prior error occurred, report that error again. */
6200   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6201 
6202   /* Provide the ability to easily simulate an I/O error during testing */
6203   if( sqlite3FaultSim(400) ) return SQLITE_IOERR;
6204 
6205   PAGERTRACE(("DATABASE SYNC: File=%s zMaster=%s nSize=%d\n",
6206       pPager->zFilename, zMaster, pPager->dbSize));
6207 
6208   /* If no database changes have been made, return early. */
6209   if( pPager->eState<PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return SQLITE_OK;
6210 
6211   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
6212   assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->tempFile );
6213   if( 0==pagerFlushOnCommit(pPager, 1) ){
6214     /* If this is an in-memory db, or no pages have been written to, or this
6215     ** function has already been called, it is mostly a no-op.  However, any
6216     ** backup in progress needs to be restarted.  */
6217     sqlite3BackupRestart(pPager->pBackup);
6218   }else{
6219     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6220       PgHdr *pList = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache);
6221       PgHdr *pPageOne = 0;
6222       if( pList==0 ){
6223         /* Must have at least one page for the WAL commit flag.
6224         ** Ticket [2d1a5c67dfc2363e44f29d9bbd57f] 2011-05-18 */
6225         rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, 1, &pPageOne, 0);
6226         pList = pPageOne;
6227         pList->pDirty = 0;
6228       }
6229       assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6230       if( ALWAYS(pList) ){
6231         rc = pagerWalFrames(pPager, pList, pPager->dbSize, 1);
6232       }
6233       sqlite3PagerUnref(pPageOne);
6234       if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6235         sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6236       }
6237     }else{
6238       /* The following block updates the change-counter. Exactly how it
6239       ** does this depends on whether or not the atomic-update optimization
6240       ** was enabled at compile time, and if this transaction meets the
6241       ** runtime criteria to use the operation:
6242       **
6243       **    * The file-system supports the atomic-write property for
6244       **      blocks of size page-size, and
6245       **    * This commit is not part of a multi-file transaction, and
6246       **    * Exactly one page has been modified and store in the journal file.
6247       **
6248       ** If the optimization was not enabled at compile time, then the
6249       ** pager_incr_changecounter() function is called to update the change
6250       ** counter in 'indirect-mode'. If the optimization is compiled in but
6251       ** is not applicable to this transaction, call sqlite3JournalCreate()
6252       ** to make sure the journal file has actually been created, then call
6253       ** pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter in indirect
6254       ** mode.
6255       **
6256       ** Otherwise, if the optimization is both enabled and applicable,
6257       ** then call pager_incr_changecounter() to update the change-counter
6258       ** in 'direct' mode. In this case the journal file will never be
6259       ** created for this transaction.
6260       */
6261   #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
6262       PgHdr *pPg;
6263       assert( isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6264            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6265            || pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
6266       );
6267       if( !zMaster && isOpen(pPager->jfd)
6268        && pPager->journalOff==jrnlBufferSize(pPager)
6269        && pPager->dbSize>=pPager->dbOrigSize
6270        && (0==(pPg = sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache)) || 0==pPg->pDirty)
6271       ){
6272         /* Update the db file change counter via the direct-write method. The
6273         ** following call will modify the in-memory representation of page 1
6274         ** to include the updated change counter and then write page 1
6275         ** directly to the database file. Because of the atomic-write
6276         ** property of the host file-system, this is safe.
6277         */
6278         rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 1);
6279       }else{
6280         rc = sqlite3JournalCreate(pPager->jfd);
6281         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
6282           rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6283         }
6284       }
6285   #else
6286       rc = pager_incr_changecounter(pPager, 0);
6287   #endif
6288       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6289 
6290       /* Write the master journal name into the journal file. If a master
6291       ** journal file name has already been written to the journal file,
6292       ** or if zMaster is NULL (no master journal), then this call is a no-op.
6293       */
6294       rc = writeMasterJournal(pPager, zMaster);
6295       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6296 
6297       /* Sync the journal file and write all dirty pages to the database.
6298       ** If the atomic-update optimization is being used, this sync will not
6299       ** create the journal file or perform any real IO.
6300       **
6301       ** Because the change-counter page was just modified, unless the
6302       ** atomic-update optimization is used it is almost certain that the
6303       ** journal requires a sync here. However, in locking_mode=exclusive
6304       ** on a system under memory pressure it is just possible that this is
6305       ** not the case. In this case it is likely enough that the redundant
6306       ** xSync() call will be changed to a no-op by the OS anyhow.
6307       */
6308       rc = syncJournal(pPager, 0);
6309       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6310 
6311       rc = pager_write_pagelist(pPager,sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(pPager->pPCache));
6312       if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6313         assert( rc!=SQLITE_IOERR_BLOCKED );
6314         goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6315       }
6316       sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(pPager->pPCache);
6317 
6318       /* If the file on disk is smaller than the database image, use
6319       ** pager_truncate to grow the file here. This can happen if the database
6320       ** image was extended as part of the current transaction and then the
6321       ** last page in the db image moved to the free-list. In this case the
6322       ** last page is never written out to disk, leaving the database file
6323       ** undersized. Fix this now if it is the case.  */
6324       if( pPager->dbSize>pPager->dbFileSize ){
6325         Pgno nNew = pPager->dbSize - (pPager->dbSize==PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pPager));
6326         assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD );
6327         rc = pager_truncate(pPager, nNew);
6328         if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto commit_phase_one_exit;
6329       }
6330 
6331       /* Finally, sync the database file. */
6332       if( !noSync ){
6333         rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pPager, zMaster);
6334       }
6335       IOTRACE(("DBSYNC %p\n", pPager))
6336     }
6337   }
6338 
6339 commit_phase_one_exit:
6340   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6341     pPager->eState = PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED;
6342   }
6343   return rc;
6344 }
6345 
6346 
6347 /*
6348 ** When this function is called, the database file has been completely
6349 ** updated to reflect the changes made by the current transaction and
6350 ** synced to disk. The journal file still exists in the file-system
6351 ** though, and if a failure occurs at this point it will eventually
6352 ** be used as a hot-journal and the current transaction rolled back.
6353 **
6354 ** This function finalizes the journal file, either by deleting,
6355 ** truncating or partially zeroing it, so that it cannot be used
6356 ** for hot-journal rollback. Once this is done the transaction is
6357 ** irrevocably committed.
6358 **
6359 ** If an error occurs, an IO error code is returned and the pager
6360 ** moves into the error state. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6361 */
6362 int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager *pPager){
6363   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6364 
6365   /* This routine should not be called if a prior error has occurred.
6366   ** But if (due to a coding error elsewhere in the system) it does get
6367   ** called, just return the same error code without doing anything. */
6368   if( NEVER(pPager->errCode) ) return pPager->errCode;
6369 
6370   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6371        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_FINISHED
6372        || (pagerUseWal(pPager) && pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD)
6373   );
6374   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6375 
6376   /* An optimization. If the database was not actually modified during
6377   ** this transaction, the pager is running in exclusive-mode and is
6378   ** using persistent journals, then this function is a no-op.
6379   **
6380   ** The start of the journal file currently contains a single journal
6381   ** header with the nRec field set to 0. If such a journal is used as
6382   ** a hot-journal during hot-journal rollback, 0 changes will be made
6383   ** to the database file. So there is no need to zero the journal
6384   ** header. Since the pager is in exclusive mode, there is no need
6385   ** to drop any locks either.
6386   */
6387   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED
6388    && pPager->exclusiveMode
6389    && pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
6390   ){
6391     assert( pPager->journalOff==JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager) || !pPager->journalOff );
6392     pPager->eState = PAGER_READER;
6393     return SQLITE_OK;
6394   }
6395 
6396   PAGERTRACE(("COMMIT %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6397   pPager->iDataVersion++;
6398   rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 1);
6399   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6400 }
6401 
6402 /*
6403 ** If a write transaction is open, then all changes made within the
6404 ** transaction are reverted and the current write-transaction is closed.
6405 ** The pager falls back to PAGER_READER state if successful, or PAGER_ERROR
6406 ** state if an error occurs.
6407 **
6408 ** If the pager is already in PAGER_ERROR state when this function is called,
6409 ** it returns Pager.errCode immediately. No work is performed in this case.
6410 **
6411 ** Otherwise, in rollback mode, this function performs two functions:
6412 **
6413 **   1) It rolls back the journal file, restoring all database file and
6414 **      in-memory cache pages to the state they were in when the transaction
6415 **      was opened, and
6416 **
6417 **   2) It finalizes the journal file, so that it is not used for hot
6418 **      rollback at any point in the future.
6419 **
6420 ** Finalization of the journal file (task 2) is only performed if the
6421 ** rollback is successful.
6422 **
6423 ** In WAL mode, all cache-entries containing data modified within the
6424 ** current transaction are either expelled from the cache or reverted to
6425 ** their pre-transaction state by re-reading data from the database or
6426 ** WAL files. The WAL transaction is then closed.
6427 */
6428 int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager *pPager){
6429   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                  /* Return code */
6430   PAGERTRACE(("ROLLBACK %d\n", PAGERID(pPager)));
6431 
6432   /* PagerRollback() is a no-op if called in READER or OPEN state. If
6433   ** the pager is already in the ERROR state, the rollback is not
6434   ** attempted here. Instead, the error code is returned to the caller.
6435   */
6436   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6437   if( pPager->eState==PAGER_ERROR ) return pPager->errCode;
6438   if( pPager->eState<=PAGER_READER ) return SQLITE_OK;
6439 
6440   if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6441     int rc2;
6442     rc = sqlite3PagerSavepoint(pPager, SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, -1);
6443     rc2 = pager_end_transaction(pPager, pPager->setMaster, 0);
6444     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = rc2;
6445   }else if( !isOpen(pPager->jfd) || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6446     int eState = pPager->eState;
6447     rc = pager_end_transaction(pPager, 0, 0);
6448     if( !MEMDB && eState>PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED ){
6449       /* This can happen using journal_mode=off. Move the pager to the error
6450       ** state to indicate that the contents of the cache may not be trusted.
6451       ** Any active readers will get SQLITE_ABORT.
6452       */
6453       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6454       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6455       return rc;
6456     }
6457   }else{
6458     rc = pager_playback(pPager, 0);
6459   }
6460 
6461   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || rc!=SQLITE_OK );
6462   assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || rc==SQLITE_FULL || rc==SQLITE_CORRUPT
6463           || rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || (rc&0xFF)==SQLITE_IOERR
6464           || rc==SQLITE_CANTOPEN
6465   );
6466 
6467   /* If an error occurs during a ROLLBACK, we can no longer trust the pager
6468   ** cache. So call pager_error() on the way out to make any error persistent.
6469   */
6470   return pager_error(pPager, rc);
6471 }
6472 
6473 /*
6474 ** Return TRUE if the database file is opened read-only.  Return FALSE
6475 ** if the database is (in theory) writable.
6476 */
6477 u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager *pPager){
6478   return pPager->readOnly;
6479 }
6480 
6481 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
6482 /*
6483 ** Return the sum of the reference counts for all pages held by pPager.
6484 */
6485 int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager *pPager){
6486   return sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6487 }
6488 #endif
6489 
6490 /*
6491 ** Return the approximate number of bytes of memory currently
6492 ** used by the pager and its associated cache.
6493 */
6494 int sqlite3PagerMemUsed(Pager *pPager){
6495   int perPageSize = pPager->pageSize + pPager->nExtra + sizeof(PgHdr)
6496                                      + 5*sizeof(void*);
6497   return perPageSize*sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache)
6498            + sqlite3MallocSize(pPager)
6499            + pPager->pageSize;
6500 }
6501 
6502 /*
6503 ** Return the number of references to the specified page.
6504 */
6505 int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage *pPage){
6506   return sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(pPage);
6507 }
6508 
6509 #ifdef SQLITE_TEST
6510 /*
6511 ** This routine is used for testing and analysis only.
6512 */
6513 int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager *pPager){
6514   static int a[11];
6515   a[0] = sqlite3PcacheRefCount(pPager->pPCache);
6516   a[1] = sqlite3PcachePagecount(pPager->pPCache);
6517   a[2] = sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(pPager->pPCache);
6518   a[3] = pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN ? -1 : (int) pPager->dbSize;
6519   a[4] = pPager->eState;
6520   a[5] = pPager->errCode;
6521   a[6] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_HIT];
6522   a[7] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_MISS];
6523   a[8] = 0;  /* Used to be pPager->nOvfl */
6524   a[9] = pPager->nRead;
6525   a[10] = pPager->aStat[PAGER_STAT_WRITE];
6526   return a;
6527 }
6528 #endif
6529 
6530 /*
6531 ** Parameter eStat must be either SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT or
6532 ** SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS. Before returning, *pnVal is incremented by the
6533 ** current cache hit or miss count, according to the value of eStat. If the
6534 ** reset parameter is non-zero, the cache hit or miss count is zeroed before
6535 ** returning.
6536 */
6537 void sqlite3PagerCacheStat(Pager *pPager, int eStat, int reset, int *pnVal){
6538 
6539   assert( eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT
6540        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS
6541        || eStat==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE
6542   );
6543 
6544   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+1==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_MISS );
6545   assert( SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT+2==SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_WRITE );
6546   assert( PAGER_STAT_HIT==0 && PAGER_STAT_MISS==1 && PAGER_STAT_WRITE==2 );
6547 
6548   *pnVal += pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT];
6549   if( reset ){
6550     pPager->aStat[eStat - SQLITE_DBSTATUS_CACHE_HIT] = 0;
6551   }
6552 }
6553 
6554 /*
6555 ** Return true if this is an in-memory or temp-file backed pager.
6556 */
6557 int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager *pPager){
6558   return pPager->tempFile;
6559 }
6560 
6561 /*
6562 ** Check that there are at least nSavepoint savepoints open. If there are
6563 ** currently less than nSavepoints open, then open one or more savepoints
6564 ** to make up the difference. If the number of savepoints is already
6565 ** equal to nSavepoint, then this function is a no-op.
6566 **
6567 ** If a memory allocation fails, SQLITE_NOMEM is returned. If an error
6568 ** occurs while opening the sub-journal file, then an IO error code is
6569 ** returned. Otherwise, SQLITE_OK.
6570 */
6571 static SQLITE_NOINLINE int pagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6572   int rc = SQLITE_OK;                       /* Return code */
6573   int nCurrent = pPager->nSavepoint;        /* Current number of savepoints */
6574   int ii;                                   /* Iterator variable */
6575   PagerSavepoint *aNew;                     /* New Pager.aSavepoint array */
6576 
6577   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6578   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6579   assert( nSavepoint>nCurrent && pPager->useJournal );
6580 
6581   /* Grow the Pager.aSavepoint array using realloc(). Return SQLITE_NOMEM
6582   ** if the allocation fails. Otherwise, zero the new portion in case a
6583   ** malloc failure occurs while populating it in the for(...) loop below.
6584   */
6585   aNew = (PagerSavepoint *)sqlite3Realloc(
6586       pPager->aSavepoint, sizeof(PagerSavepoint)*nSavepoint
6587   );
6588   if( !aNew ){
6589     return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6590   }
6591   memset(&aNew[nCurrent], 0, (nSavepoint-nCurrent) * sizeof(PagerSavepoint));
6592   pPager->aSavepoint = aNew;
6593 
6594   /* Populate the PagerSavepoint structures just allocated. */
6595   for(ii=nCurrent; ii<nSavepoint; ii++){
6596     aNew[ii].nOrig = pPager->dbSize;
6597     if( isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0 ){
6598       aNew[ii].iOffset = pPager->journalOff;
6599     }else{
6600       aNew[ii].iOffset = JOURNAL_HDR_SZ(pPager);
6601     }
6602     aNew[ii].iSubRec = pPager->nSubRec;
6603     aNew[ii].pInSavepoint = sqlite3BitvecCreate(pPager->dbSize);
6604     if( !aNew[ii].pInSavepoint ){
6605       return SQLITE_NOMEM_BKPT;
6606     }
6607     if( pagerUseWal(pPager) ){
6608       sqlite3WalSavepoint(pPager->pWal, aNew[ii].aWalData);
6609     }
6610     pPager->nSavepoint = ii+1;
6611   }
6612   assert( pPager->nSavepoint==nSavepoint );
6613   assertTruncateConstraint(pPager);
6614   return rc;
6615 }
6616 int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int nSavepoint){
6617   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_LOCKED );
6618   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6619 
6620   if( nSavepoint>pPager->nSavepoint && pPager->useJournal ){
6621     return pagerOpenSavepoint(pPager, nSavepoint);
6622   }else{
6623     return SQLITE_OK;
6624   }
6625 }
6626 
6627 
6628 /*
6629 ** This function is called to rollback or release (commit) a savepoint.
6630 ** The savepoint to release or rollback need not be the most recently
6631 ** created savepoint.
6632 **
6633 ** Parameter op is always either SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK or SAVEPOINT_RELEASE.
6634 ** If it is SAVEPOINT_RELEASE, then release and destroy the savepoint with
6635 ** index iSavepoint. If it is SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK, then rollback all changes
6636 ** that have occurred since the specified savepoint was created.
6637 **
6638 ** The savepoint to rollback or release is identified by parameter
6639 ** iSavepoint. A value of 0 means to operate on the outermost savepoint
6640 ** (the first created). A value of (Pager.nSavepoint-1) means operate
6641 ** on the most recently created savepoint. If iSavepoint is greater than
6642 ** (Pager.nSavepoint-1), then this function is a no-op.
6643 **
6644 ** If a negative value is passed to this function, then the current
6645 ** transaction is rolled back. This is different to calling
6646 ** sqlite3PagerRollback() because this function does not terminate
6647 ** the transaction or unlock the database, it just restores the
6648 ** contents of the database to its original state.
6649 **
6650 ** In any case, all savepoints with an index greater than iSavepoint
6651 ** are destroyed. If this is a release operation (op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE),
6652 ** then savepoint iSavepoint is also destroyed.
6653 **
6654 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation fails,
6655 ** or an IO error code if an IO error occurs while rolling back a
6656 ** savepoint. If no errors occur, SQLITE_OK is returned.
6657 */
6658 int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint){
6659   int rc = pPager->errCode;
6660 
6661 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6662   if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) rc = SQLITE_OK;
6663 #endif
6664 
6665   assert( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6666   assert( iSavepoint>=0 || op==SAVEPOINT_ROLLBACK );
6667 
6668   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iSavepoint<pPager->nSavepoint ){
6669     int ii;            /* Iterator variable */
6670     int nNew;          /* Number of remaining savepoints after this op. */
6671 
6672     /* Figure out how many savepoints will still be active after this
6673     ** operation. Store this value in nNew. Then free resources associated
6674     ** with any savepoints that are destroyed by this operation.
6675     */
6676     nNew = iSavepoint + (( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ) ? 0 : 1);
6677     for(ii=nNew; ii<pPager->nSavepoint; ii++){
6678       sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pPager->aSavepoint[ii].pInSavepoint);
6679     }
6680     pPager->nSavepoint = nNew;
6681 
6682     /* If this is a release of the outermost savepoint, truncate
6683     ** the sub-journal to zero bytes in size. */
6684     if( op==SAVEPOINT_RELEASE ){
6685       if( nNew==0 && isOpen(pPager->sjfd) ){
6686         /* Only truncate if it is an in-memory sub-journal. */
6687         if( sqlite3JournalIsInMemory(pPager->sjfd) ){
6688           rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pPager->sjfd, 0);
6689           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
6690         }
6691         pPager->nSubRec = 0;
6692       }
6693     }
6694     /* Else this is a rollback operation, playback the specified savepoint.
6695     ** If this is a temp-file, it is possible that the journal file has
6696     ** not yet been opened. In this case there have been no changes to
6697     ** the database file, so the playback operation can be skipped.
6698     */
6699     else if( pagerUseWal(pPager) || isOpen(pPager->jfd) ){
6700       PagerSavepoint *pSavepoint = (nNew==0)?0:&pPager->aSavepoint[nNew-1];
6701       rc = pagerPlaybackSavepoint(pPager, pSavepoint);
6702       assert(rc!=SQLITE_DONE);
6703     }
6704 
6705 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
6706     /* If the cache has been modified but the savepoint cannot be rolled
6707     ** back journal_mode=off, put the pager in the error state. This way,
6708     ** if the VFS used by this pager includes ZipVFS, the entire transaction
6709     ** can be rolled back at the ZipVFS level.  */
6710     else if(
6711         pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
6712      && pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6713     ){
6714       pPager->errCode = SQLITE_ABORT;
6715       pPager->eState = PAGER_ERROR;
6716     }
6717 #endif
6718   }
6719 
6720   return rc;
6721 }
6722 
6723 /*
6724 ** Return the full pathname of the database file.
6725 **
6726 ** Except, if the pager is in-memory only, then return an empty string if
6727 ** nullIfMemDb is true.  This routine is called with nullIfMemDb==1 when
6728 ** used to report the filename to the user, for compatibility with legacy
6729 ** behavior.  But when the Btree needs to know the filename for matching to
6730 ** shared cache, it uses nullIfMemDb==0 so that in-memory databases can
6731 ** participate in shared-cache.
6732 */
6733 const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager *pPager, int nullIfMemDb){
6734   return (nullIfMemDb && pPager->memDb) ? "" : pPager->zFilename;
6735 }
6736 
6737 /*
6738 ** Return the VFS structure for the pager.
6739 */
6740 sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager *pPager){
6741   return pPager->pVfs;
6742 }
6743 
6744 /*
6745 ** Return the file handle for the database file associated
6746 ** with the pager.  This might return NULL if the file has
6747 ** not yet been opened.
6748 */
6749 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager *pPager){
6750   return pPager->fd;
6751 }
6752 
6753 /*
6754 ** Return the file handle for the journal file (if it exists).
6755 ** This will be either the rollback journal or the WAL file.
6756 */
6757 sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerJrnlFile(Pager *pPager){
6758 #if SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
6759   return pPager->jfd;
6760 #else
6761   return pPager->pWal ? sqlite3WalFile(pPager->pWal) : pPager->jfd;
6762 #endif
6763 }
6764 
6765 /*
6766 ** Return the full pathname of the journal file.
6767 */
6768 const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager *pPager){
6769   return pPager->zJournal;
6770 }
6771 
6772 #ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
6773 /*
6774 ** Set or retrieve the codec for this pager
6775 */
6776 void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(
6777   Pager *pPager,
6778   void *(*xCodec)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),
6779   void (*xCodecSizeChng)(void*,int,int),
6780   void (*xCodecFree)(void*),
6781   void *pCodec
6782 ){
6783   if( pPager->xCodecFree ) pPager->xCodecFree(pPager->pCodec);
6784   pPager->xCodec = pPager->memDb ? 0 : xCodec;
6785   pPager->xCodecSizeChng = xCodecSizeChng;
6786   pPager->xCodecFree = xCodecFree;
6787   pPager->pCodec = pCodec;
6788   pagerReportSize(pPager);
6789 }
6790 void *sqlite3PagerGetCodec(Pager *pPager){
6791   return pPager->pCodec;
6792 }
6793 
6794 /*
6795 ** This function is called by the wal module when writing page content
6796 ** into the log file.
6797 **
6798 ** This function returns a pointer to a buffer containing the encrypted
6799 ** page content. If a malloc fails, this function may return NULL.
6800 */
6801 void *sqlite3PagerCodec(PgHdr *pPg){
6802   void *aData = 0;
6803   CODEC2(pPg->pPager, pPg->pData, pPg->pgno, 6, return 0, aData);
6804   return aData;
6805 }
6806 
6807 /*
6808 ** Return the current pager state
6809 */
6810 int sqlite3PagerState(Pager *pPager){
6811   return pPager->eState;
6812 }
6813 #endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
6814 
6815 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
6816 /*
6817 ** Move the page pPg to location pgno in the file.
6818 **
6819 ** There must be no references to the page previously located at
6820 ** pgno (which we call pPgOld) though that page is allowed to be
6821 ** in cache.  If the page previously located at pgno is not already
6822 ** in the rollback journal, it is not put there by by this routine.
6823 **
6824 ** References to the page pPg remain valid. Updating any
6825 ** meta-data associated with pPg (i.e. data stored in the nExtra bytes
6826 ** allocated along with the page) is the responsibility of the caller.
6827 **
6828 ** A transaction must be active when this routine is called. It used to be
6829 ** required that a statement transaction was not active, but this restriction
6830 ** has been removed (CREATE INDEX needs to move a page when a statement
6831 ** transaction is active).
6832 **
6833 ** If the fourth argument, isCommit, is non-zero, then this page is being
6834 ** moved as part of a database reorganization just before the transaction
6835 ** is being committed. In this case, it is guaranteed that the database page
6836 ** pPg refers to will not be written to again within this transaction.
6837 **
6838 ** This function may return SQLITE_NOMEM or an IO error code if an error
6839 ** occurs. Otherwise, it returns SQLITE_OK.
6840 */
6841 int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager *pPager, DbPage *pPg, Pgno pgno, int isCommit){
6842   PgHdr *pPgOld;               /* The page being overwritten. */
6843   Pgno needSyncPgno = 0;       /* Old value of pPg->pgno, if sync is required */
6844   int rc;                      /* Return code */
6845   Pgno origPgno;               /* The original page number */
6846 
6847   assert( pPg->nRef>0 );
6848   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD
6849        || pPager->eState==PAGER_WRITER_DBMOD
6850   );
6851   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
6852 
6853   /* In order to be able to rollback, an in-memory database must journal
6854   ** the page we are moving from.
6855   */
6856   assert( pPager->tempFile || !MEMDB );
6857   if( pPager->tempFile ){
6858     rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pPg);
6859     if( rc ) return rc;
6860   }
6861 
6862   /* If the page being moved is dirty and has not been saved by the latest
6863   ** savepoint, then save the current contents of the page into the
6864   ** sub-journal now. This is required to handle the following scenario:
6865   **
6866   **   BEGIN;
6867   **     <journal page X, then modify it in memory>
6868   **     SAVEPOINT one;
6869   **       <Move page X to location Y>
6870   **     ROLLBACK TO one;
6871   **
6872   ** If page X were not written to the sub-journal here, it would not
6873   ** be possible to restore its contents when the "ROLLBACK TO one"
6874   ** statement were is processed.
6875   **
6876   ** subjournalPage() may need to allocate space to store pPg->pgno into
6877   ** one or more savepoint bitvecs. This is the reason this function
6878   ** may return SQLITE_NOMEM.
6879   */
6880   if( (pPg->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY)!=0
6881    && SQLITE_OK!=(rc = subjournalPageIfRequired(pPg))
6882   ){
6883     return rc;
6884   }
6885 
6886   PAGERTRACE(("MOVE %d page %d (needSync=%d) moves to %d\n",
6887       PAGERID(pPager), pPg->pgno, (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)?1:0, pgno));
6888   IOTRACE(("MOVE %p %d %d\n", pPager, pPg->pgno, pgno))
6889 
6890   /* If the journal needs to be sync()ed before page pPg->pgno can
6891   ** be written to, store pPg->pgno in local variable needSyncPgno.
6892   **
6893   ** If the isCommit flag is set, there is no need to remember that
6894   ** the journal needs to be sync()ed before database page pPg->pgno
6895   ** can be written to. The caller has already promised not to write to it.
6896   */
6897   if( (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) && !isCommit ){
6898     needSyncPgno = pPg->pgno;
6899     assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ||
6900             pageInJournal(pPager, pPg) || pPg->pgno>pPager->dbOrigSize );
6901     assert( pPg->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
6902   }
6903 
6904   /* If the cache contains a page with page-number pgno, remove it
6905   ** from its hash chain. Also, if the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag was set for
6906   ** page pgno before the 'move' operation, it needs to be retained
6907   ** for the page moved there.
6908   */
6909   pPg->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6910   pPgOld = sqlite3PagerLookup(pPager, pgno);
6911   assert( !pPgOld || pPgOld->nRef==1 );
6912   if( pPgOld ){
6913     pPg->flags |= (pPgOld->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
6914     if( pPager->tempFile ){
6915       /* Do not discard pages from an in-memory database since we might
6916       ** need to rollback later.  Just move the page out of the way. */
6917       sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, pPager->dbSize+1);
6918     }else{
6919       sqlite3PcacheDrop(pPgOld);
6920     }
6921   }
6922 
6923   origPgno = pPg->pgno;
6924   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, pgno);
6925   sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPg);
6926 
6927   /* For an in-memory database, make sure the original page continues
6928   ** to exist, in case the transaction needs to roll back.  Use pPgOld
6929   ** as the original page since it has already been allocated.
6930   */
6931   if( pPager->tempFile && pPgOld ){
6932     sqlite3PcacheMove(pPgOld, origPgno);
6933     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgOld);
6934   }
6935 
6936   if( needSyncPgno ){
6937     /* If needSyncPgno is non-zero, then the journal file needs to be
6938     ** sync()ed before any data is written to database file page needSyncPgno.
6939     ** Currently, no such page exists in the page-cache and the
6940     ** "is journaled" bitvec flag has been set. This needs to be remedied by
6941     ** loading the page into the pager-cache and setting the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
6942     ** flag.
6943     **
6944     ** If the attempt to load the page into the page-cache fails, (due
6945     ** to a malloc() or IO failure), clear the bit in the pInJournal[]
6946     ** array. Otherwise, if the page is loaded and written again in
6947     ** this transaction, it may be written to the database file before
6948     ** it is synced into the journal file. This way, it may end up in
6949     ** the journal file twice, but that is not a problem.
6950     */
6951     PgHdr *pPgHdr;
6952     rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pPager, needSyncPgno, &pPgHdr, 0);
6953     if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
6954       if( needSyncPgno<=pPager->dbOrigSize ){
6955         assert( pPager->pTmpSpace!=0 );
6956         sqlite3BitvecClear(pPager->pInJournal, needSyncPgno, pPager->pTmpSpace);
6957       }
6958       return rc;
6959     }
6960     pPgHdr->flags |= PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
6961     sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(pPgHdr);
6962     sqlite3PagerUnrefNotNull(pPgHdr);
6963   }
6964 
6965   return SQLITE_OK;
6966 }
6967 #endif
6968 
6969 /*
6970 ** The page handle passed as the first argument refers to a dirty page
6971 ** with a page number other than iNew. This function changes the page's
6972 ** page number to iNew and sets the value of the PgHdr.flags field to
6973 ** the value passed as the third parameter.
6974 */
6975 void sqlite3PagerRekey(DbPage *pPg, Pgno iNew, u16 flags){
6976   assert( pPg->pgno!=iNew );
6977   pPg->flags = flags;
6978   sqlite3PcacheMove(pPg, iNew);
6979 }
6980 
6981 /*
6982 ** Return a pointer to the data for the specified page.
6983 */
6984 void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *pPg){
6985   assert( pPg->nRef>0 || pPg->pPager->memDb );
6986   return pPg->pData;
6987 }
6988 
6989 /*
6990 ** Return a pointer to the Pager.nExtra bytes of "extra" space
6991 ** allocated along with the specified page.
6992 */
6993 void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *pPg){
6994   return pPg->pExtra;
6995 }
6996 
6997 /*
6998 ** Get/set the locking-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one
6999 ** of PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY, PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7000 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE. If the parameter is not _QUERY, then
7001 ** the locking-mode is set to the value specified.
7002 **
7003 ** The returned value is either PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL or
7004 ** PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE, indicating the current (possibly updated)
7005 ** locking-mode.
7006 */
7007 int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7008   assert( eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY
7009             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL
7010             || eMode==PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE );
7011   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY<0 );
7012   assert( PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL>=0 && PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE>=0 );
7013   assert( pPager->exclusiveMode || 0==sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) );
7014   if( eMode>=0 && !pPager->tempFile && !sqlite3WalHeapMemory(pPager->pWal) ){
7015     pPager->exclusiveMode = (u8)eMode;
7016   }
7017   return (int)pPager->exclusiveMode;
7018 }
7019 
7020 /*
7021 ** Set the journal-mode for this pager. Parameter eMode must be one of:
7022 **
7023 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7024 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7025 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7026 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7027 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY
7028 **    PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7029 **
7030 ** The journalmode is set to the value specified if the change is allowed.
7031 ** The change may be disallowed for the following reasons:
7032 **
7033 **   *  An in-memory database can only have its journal_mode set to _OFF
7034 **      or _MEMORY.
7035 **
7036 **   *  Temporary databases cannot have _WAL journalmode.
7037 **
7038 ** The returned indicate the current (possibly updated) journal-mode.
7039 */
7040 int sqlite3PagerSetJournalMode(Pager *pPager, int eMode){
7041   u8 eOld = pPager->journalMode;    /* Prior journalmode */
7042 
7043 #ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
7044   /* The print_pager_state() routine is intended to be used by the debugger
7045   ** only.  We invoke it once here to suppress a compiler warning. */
7046   print_pager_state(pPager);
7047 #endif
7048 
7049 
7050   /* The eMode parameter is always valid */
7051   assert(      eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE
7052             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE
7053             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST
7054             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF
7055             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL
7056             || eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY );
7057 
7058   /* This routine is only called from the OP_JournalMode opcode, and
7059   ** the logic there will never allow a temporary file to be changed
7060   ** to WAL mode.
7061   */
7062   assert( pPager->tempFile==0 || eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7063 
7064   /* Do allow the journalmode of an in-memory database to be set to
7065   ** anything other than MEMORY or OFF
7066   */
7067   if( MEMDB ){
7068     assert( eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY || eOld==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF );
7069     if( eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY && eMode!=PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7070       eMode = eOld;
7071     }
7072   }
7073 
7074   if( eMode!=eOld ){
7075 
7076     /* Change the journal mode. */
7077     assert( pPager->eState!=PAGER_ERROR );
7078     pPager->journalMode = (u8)eMode;
7079 
7080     /* When transistioning from TRUNCATE or PERSIST to any other journal
7081     ** mode except WAL, unless the pager is in locking_mode=exclusive mode,
7082     ** delete the journal file.
7083     */
7084     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE & 5)==1 );
7085     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST & 5)==1 );
7086     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE & 5)==0 );
7087     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY & 5)==4 );
7088     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF & 5)==0 );
7089     assert( (PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL & 5)==5 );
7090 
7091     assert( isOpen(pPager->fd) || pPager->exclusiveMode );
7092     if( !pPager->exclusiveMode && (eOld & 5)==1 && (eMode & 1)==0 ){
7093 
7094       /* In this case we would like to delete the journal file. If it is
7095       ** not possible, then that is not a problem. Deleting the journal file
7096       ** here is an optimization only.
7097       **
7098       ** Before deleting the journal file, obtain a RESERVED lock on the
7099       ** database file. This ensures that the journal file is not deleted
7100       ** while it is in use by some other client.
7101       */
7102       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7103       if( pPager->eLock>=RESERVED_LOCK ){
7104         sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7105       }else{
7106         int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7107         int state = pPager->eState;
7108         assert( state==PAGER_OPEN || state==PAGER_READER );
7109         if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7110           rc = sqlite3PagerSharedLock(pPager);
7111         }
7112         if( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER ){
7113           assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
7114           rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, RESERVED_LOCK);
7115         }
7116         if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7117           sqlite3OsDelete(pPager->pVfs, pPager->zJournal, 0);
7118         }
7119         if( rc==SQLITE_OK && state==PAGER_READER ){
7120           pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7121         }else if( state==PAGER_OPEN ){
7122           pager_unlock(pPager);
7123         }
7124         assert( state==pPager->eState );
7125       }
7126     }else if( eMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF ){
7127       sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7128     }
7129   }
7130 
7131   /* Return the new journal mode */
7132   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7133 }
7134 
7135 /*
7136 ** Return the current journal mode.
7137 */
7138 int sqlite3PagerGetJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7139   return (int)pPager->journalMode;
7140 }
7141 
7142 /*
7143 ** Return TRUE if the pager is in a state where it is OK to change the
7144 ** journalmode.  Journalmode changes can only happen when the database
7145 ** is unmodified.
7146 */
7147 int sqlite3PagerOkToChangeJournalMode(Pager *pPager){
7148   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7149   if( pPager->eState>=PAGER_WRITER_CACHEMOD ) return 0;
7150   if( NEVER(isOpen(pPager->jfd) && pPager->journalOff>0) ) return 0;
7151   return 1;
7152 }
7153 
7154 /*
7155 ** Get/set the size-limit used for persistent journal files.
7156 **
7157 ** Setting the size limit to -1 means no limit is enforced.
7158 ** An attempt to set a limit smaller than -1 is a no-op.
7159 */
7160 i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *pPager, i64 iLimit){
7161   if( iLimit>=-1 ){
7162     pPager->journalSizeLimit = iLimit;
7163     sqlite3WalLimit(pPager->pWal, iLimit);
7164   }
7165   return pPager->journalSizeLimit;
7166 }
7167 
7168 /*
7169 ** Return a pointer to the pPager->pBackup variable. The backup module
7170 ** in backup.c maintains the content of this variable. This module
7171 ** uses it opaquely as an argument to sqlite3BackupRestart() and
7172 ** sqlite3BackupUpdate() only.
7173 */
7174 sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager *pPager){
7175   return &pPager->pBackup;
7176 }
7177 
7178 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
7179 /*
7180 ** Unless this is an in-memory or temporary database, clear the pager cache.
7181 */
7182 void sqlite3PagerClearCache(Pager *pPager){
7183   assert( MEMDB==0 || pPager->tempFile );
7184   if( pPager->tempFile==0 ) pager_reset(pPager);
7185 }
7186 #endif
7187 
7188 
7189 #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_WAL
7190 /*
7191 ** This function is called when the user invokes "PRAGMA wal_checkpoint",
7192 ** "PRAGMA wal_blocking_checkpoint" or calls the sqlite3_wal_checkpoint()
7193 ** or wal_blocking_checkpoint() API functions.
7194 **
7195 ** Parameter eMode is one of SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE, FULL or RESTART.
7196 */
7197 int sqlite3PagerCheckpoint(Pager *pPager, int eMode, int *pnLog, int *pnCkpt){
7198   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7199   if( pPager->pWal ){
7200     rc = sqlite3WalCheckpoint(pPager->pWal, eMode,
7201         (eMode==SQLITE_CHECKPOINT_PASSIVE ? 0 : pPager->xBusyHandler),
7202         pPager->pBusyHandlerArg,
7203         pPager->ckptSyncFlags, pPager->pageSize, (u8 *)pPager->pTmpSpace,
7204         pnLog, pnCkpt
7205     );
7206   }
7207   return rc;
7208 }
7209 
7210 int sqlite3PagerWalCallback(Pager *pPager){
7211   return sqlite3WalCallback(pPager->pWal);
7212 }
7213 
7214 /*
7215 ** Return true if the underlying VFS for the given pager supports the
7216 ** primitives necessary for write-ahead logging.
7217 */
7218 int sqlite3PagerWalSupported(Pager *pPager){
7219   const sqlite3_io_methods *pMethods = pPager->fd->pMethods;
7220   if( pPager->noLock ) return 0;
7221   return pPager->exclusiveMode || (pMethods->iVersion>=2 && pMethods->xShmMap);
7222 }
7223 
7224 /*
7225 ** Attempt to take an exclusive lock on the database file. If a PENDING lock
7226 ** is obtained instead, immediately release it.
7227 */
7228 static int pagerExclusiveLock(Pager *pPager){
7229   int rc;                         /* Return code */
7230 
7231   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7232   rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
7233   if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
7234     /* If the attempt to grab the exclusive lock failed, release the
7235     ** pending lock that may have been obtained instead.  */
7236     pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7237   }
7238 
7239   return rc;
7240 }
7241 
7242 /*
7243 ** Call sqlite3WalOpen() to open the WAL handle. If the pager is in
7244 ** exclusive-locking mode when this function is called, take an EXCLUSIVE
7245 ** lock on the database file and use heap-memory to store the wal-index
7246 ** in. Otherwise, use the normal shared-memory.
7247 */
7248 static int pagerOpenWal(Pager *pPager){
7249   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7250 
7251   assert( pPager->pWal==0 && pPager->tempFile==0 );
7252   assert( pPager->eLock==SHARED_LOCK || pPager->eLock==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK );
7253 
7254   /* If the pager is already in exclusive-mode, the WAL module will use
7255   ** heap-memory for the wal-index instead of the VFS shared-memory
7256   ** implementation. Take the exclusive lock now, before opening the WAL
7257   ** file, to make sure this is safe.
7258   */
7259   if( pPager->exclusiveMode ){
7260     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7261   }
7262 
7263   /* Open the connection to the log file. If this operation fails,
7264   ** (e.g. due to malloc() failure), return an error code.
7265   */
7266   if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7267     rc = sqlite3WalOpen(pPager->pVfs,
7268         pPager->fd, pPager->zWal, pPager->exclusiveMode,
7269         pPager->journalSizeLimit, &pPager->pWal
7270     );
7271   }
7272   pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7273 
7274   return rc;
7275 }
7276 
7277 
7278 /*
7279 ** The caller must be holding a SHARED lock on the database file to call
7280 ** this function.
7281 **
7282 ** If the pager passed as the first argument is open on a real database
7283 ** file (not a temp file or an in-memory database), and the WAL file
7284 ** is not already open, make an attempt to open it now. If successful,
7285 ** return SQLITE_OK. If an error occurs or the VFS used by the pager does
7286 ** not support the xShmXXX() methods, return an error code. *pbOpen is
7287 ** not modified in either case.
7288 **
7289 ** If the pager is open on a temp-file (or in-memory database), or if
7290 ** the WAL file is already open, set *pbOpen to 1 and return SQLITE_OK
7291 ** without doing anything.
7292 */
7293 int sqlite3PagerOpenWal(
7294   Pager *pPager,                  /* Pager object */
7295   int *pbOpen                     /* OUT: Set to true if call is a no-op */
7296 ){
7297   int rc = SQLITE_OK;             /* Return code */
7298 
7299   assert( assert_pager_state(pPager) );
7300   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_OPEN   || pbOpen );
7301   assert( pPager->eState==PAGER_READER || !pbOpen );
7302   assert( pbOpen==0 || *pbOpen==0 );
7303   assert( pbOpen!=0 || (!pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal) );
7304 
7305   if( !pPager->tempFile && !pPager->pWal ){
7306     if( !sqlite3PagerWalSupported(pPager) ) return SQLITE_CANTOPEN;
7307 
7308     /* Close any rollback journal previously open */
7309     sqlite3OsClose(pPager->jfd);
7310 
7311     rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7312     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7313       pPager->journalMode = PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL;
7314       pPager->eState = PAGER_OPEN;
7315     }
7316   }else{
7317     *pbOpen = 1;
7318   }
7319 
7320   return rc;
7321 }
7322 
7323 /*
7324 ** This function is called to close the connection to the log file prior
7325 ** to switching from WAL to rollback mode.
7326 **
7327 ** Before closing the log file, this function attempts to take an
7328 ** EXCLUSIVE lock on the database file. If this cannot be obtained, an
7329 ** error (SQLITE_BUSY) is returned and the log connection is not closed.
7330 ** If successful, the EXCLUSIVE lock is not released before returning.
7331 */
7332 int sqlite3PagerCloseWal(Pager *pPager){
7333   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7334 
7335   assert( pPager->journalMode==PAGER_JOURNALMODE_WAL );
7336 
7337   /* If the log file is not already open, but does exist in the file-system,
7338   ** it may need to be checkpointed before the connection can switch to
7339   ** rollback mode. Open it now so this can happen.
7340   */
7341   if( !pPager->pWal ){
7342     int logexists = 0;
7343     rc = pagerLockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7344     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7345       rc = sqlite3OsAccess(
7346           pPager->pVfs, pPager->zWal, SQLITE_ACCESS_EXISTS, &logexists
7347       );
7348     }
7349     if( rc==SQLITE_OK && logexists ){
7350       rc = pagerOpenWal(pPager);
7351     }
7352   }
7353 
7354   /* Checkpoint and close the log. Because an EXCLUSIVE lock is held on
7355   ** the database file, the log and log-summary files will be deleted.
7356   */
7357   if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pPager->pWal ){
7358     rc = pagerExclusiveLock(pPager);
7359     if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
7360       rc = sqlite3WalClose(pPager->pWal, pPager->ckptSyncFlags,
7361                            pPager->pageSize, (u8*)pPager->pTmpSpace);
7362       pPager->pWal = 0;
7363       pagerFixMaplimit(pPager);
7364       if( rc && !pPager->exclusiveMode ) pagerUnlockDb(pPager, SHARED_LOCK);
7365     }
7366   }
7367   return rc;
7368 }
7369 
7370 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT
7371 /*
7372 ** If this is a WAL database, obtain a snapshot handle for the snapshot
7373 ** currently open. Otherwise, return an error.
7374 */
7375 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotGet(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot **ppSnapshot){
7376   int rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7377   if( pPager->pWal ){
7378     rc = sqlite3WalSnapshotGet(pPager->pWal, ppSnapshot);
7379   }
7380   return rc;
7381 }
7382 
7383 /*
7384 ** If this is a WAL database, store a pointer to pSnapshot. Next time a
7385 ** read transaction is opened, attempt to read from the snapshot it
7386 ** identifies. If this is not a WAL database, return an error.
7387 */
7388 int sqlite3PagerSnapshotOpen(Pager *pPager, sqlite3_snapshot *pSnapshot){
7389   int rc = SQLITE_OK;
7390   if( pPager->pWal ){
7391     sqlite3WalSnapshotOpen(pPager->pWal, pSnapshot);
7392   }else{
7393     rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
7394   }
7395   return rc;
7396 }
7397 #endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_SNAPSHOT */
7398 #endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_WAL */
7399 
7400 #ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ZIPVFS
7401 /*
7402 ** A read-lock must be held on the pager when this function is called. If
7403 ** the pager is in WAL mode and the WAL file currently contains one or more
7404 ** frames, return the size in bytes of the page images stored within the
7405 ** WAL frames. Otherwise, if this is not a WAL database or the WAL file
7406 ** is empty, return 0.
7407 */
7408 int sqlite3PagerWalFramesize(Pager *pPager){
7409   assert( pPager->eState>=PAGER_READER );
7410   return sqlite3WalFramesize(pPager->pWal);
7411 }
7412 #endif
7413 
7414 #endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_DISKIO */
7415